7115 lines
204 KiB
C
7115 lines
204 KiB
C
|
/* Symbol table lookup for the GNU debugger, GDB.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Copyright (C) 1986-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This file is part of GDB.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
|||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
|||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
|||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|||
|
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include "defs.h"
|
|||
|
#include "symtab.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gdbtypes.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gdbcore.h"
|
|||
|
#include "frame.h"
|
|||
|
#include "target.h"
|
|||
|
#include "value.h"
|
|||
|
#include "symfile.h"
|
|||
|
#include "objfiles.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gdbcmd.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gdbsupport/gdb_regex.h"
|
|||
|
#include "expression.h"
|
|||
|
#include "language.h"
|
|||
|
#include "demangle.h"
|
|||
|
#include "inferior.h"
|
|||
|
#include "source.h"
|
|||
|
#include "filenames.h" /* for FILENAME_CMP */
|
|||
|
#include "objc-lang.h"
|
|||
|
#include "d-lang.h"
|
|||
|
#include "ada-lang.h"
|
|||
|
#include "go-lang.h"
|
|||
|
#include "p-lang.h"
|
|||
|
#include "addrmap.h"
|
|||
|
#include "cli/cli-utils.h"
|
|||
|
#include "cli/cli-style.h"
|
|||
|
#include "cli/cli-cmds.h"
|
|||
|
#include "fnmatch.h"
|
|||
|
#include "hashtab.h"
|
|||
|
#include "typeprint.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include "gdbsupport/gdb_obstack.h"
|
|||
|
#include "block.h"
|
|||
|
#include "dictionary.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
|||
|
#include <fcntl.h>
|
|||
|
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
|||
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
|||
|
#include "cp-abi.h"
|
|||
|
#include "cp-support.h"
|
|||
|
#include "observable.h"
|
|||
|
#include "solist.h"
|
|||
|
#include "macrotab.h"
|
|||
|
#include "macroscope.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include "parser-defs.h"
|
|||
|
#include "completer.h"
|
|||
|
#include "progspace-and-thread.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
|
|||
|
#include "filename-seen-cache.h"
|
|||
|
#include "arch-utils.h"
|
|||
|
#include <algorithm>
|
|||
|
#include "gdbsupport/gdb_string_view.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gdbsupport/pathstuff.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gdbsupport/common-utils.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Forward declarations for local functions. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void rbreak_command (const char *, int);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int find_line_common (struct linetable *, int, int *, int);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_symbol_aux (const char *name,
|
|||
|
symbol_name_match_type match_type,
|
|||
|
const struct block *block,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain,
|
|||
|
enum language language,
|
|||
|
struct field_of_this_result *);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol lookup_local_symbol (const char *name,
|
|||
|
symbol_name_match_type match_type,
|
|||
|
const struct block *block,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain,
|
|||
|
enum language language);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_symbol_in_objfile (struct objfile *objfile,
|
|||
|
enum block_enum block_index,
|
|||
|
const char *name, const domain_enum domain);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Type of the data stored on the program space. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct main_info
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
main_info () = default;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
~main_info ()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
xfree (name_of_main);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Name of "main". */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
char *name_of_main = nullptr;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Language of "main". */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
enum language language_of_main = language_unknown;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Program space key for finding name and language of "main". */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const program_space_key<main_info> main_progspace_key;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The default symbol cache size.
|
|||
|
There is no extra cpu cost for large N (except when flushing the cache,
|
|||
|
which is rare). The value here is just a first attempt. A better default
|
|||
|
value may be higher or lower. A prime number can make up for a bad hash
|
|||
|
computation, so that's why the number is what it is. */
|
|||
|
#define DEFAULT_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE 1021
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The maximum symbol cache size.
|
|||
|
There's no method to the decision of what value to use here, other than
|
|||
|
there's no point in allowing a user typo to make gdb consume all memory. */
|
|||
|
#define MAX_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE (1024*1024)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* symbol_cache_lookup returns this if a previous lookup failed to find the
|
|||
|
symbol in any objfile. */
|
|||
|
#define SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED \
|
|||
|
((struct block_symbol) {(struct symbol *) 1, NULL})
|
|||
|
#define SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED_P(SIB) (SIB.symbol == (struct symbol *) 1)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Recording lookups that don't find the symbol is just as important, if not
|
|||
|
more so, than recording found symbols. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
enum symbol_cache_slot_state
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND,
|
|||
|
SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache_slot
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
enum symbol_cache_slot_state state;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The objfile that was current when the symbol was looked up.
|
|||
|
This is only needed for global blocks, but for simplicity's sake
|
|||
|
we allocate the space for both. If data shows the extra space used
|
|||
|
for static blocks is a problem, we can split things up then.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Global blocks need cache lookup to include the objfile context because
|
|||
|
we need to account for gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order
|
|||
|
which can traverse objfiles in, effectively, any order, depending on
|
|||
|
the current objfile, thus affecting which symbol is found. Normally,
|
|||
|
only the current objfile is searched first, and then the rest are
|
|||
|
searched in recorded order; but putting cache lookup inside
|
|||
|
gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order would be awkward.
|
|||
|
Instead we just make the current objfile part of the context of
|
|||
|
cache lookup. This means we can record the same symbol multiple times,
|
|||
|
each with a different "current objfile" that was in effect when the
|
|||
|
lookup was saved in the cache, but cache space is pretty cheap. */
|
|||
|
const struct objfile *objfile_context;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
union
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol found;
|
|||
|
struct
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name;
|
|||
|
domain_enum domain;
|
|||
|
} not_found;
|
|||
|
} value;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Clear out SLOT. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_clear_slot (struct symbol_cache_slot *slot)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND)
|
|||
|
xfree (slot->value.not_found.name);
|
|||
|
slot->state = SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Symbols don't specify global vs static block.
|
|||
|
So keep them in separate caches. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol_cache
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
unsigned int hits;
|
|||
|
unsigned int misses;
|
|||
|
unsigned int collisions;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* SYMBOLS is a variable length array of this size.
|
|||
|
One can imagine that in general one cache (global/static) should be a
|
|||
|
fraction of the size of the other, but there's no data at the moment
|
|||
|
on which to decide. */
|
|||
|
unsigned int size;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache_slot symbols[1];
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Clear all slots of BSC and free BSC. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
destroy_block_symbol_cache (struct block_symbol_cache *bsc)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (bsc != nullptr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < bsc->size; i++)
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_clear_slot (&bsc->symbols[i]);
|
|||
|
xfree (bsc);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The symbol cache.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Searching for symbols in the static and global blocks over multiple objfiles
|
|||
|
again and again can be slow, as can searching very big objfiles. This is a
|
|||
|
simple cache to improve symbol lookup performance, which is critical to
|
|||
|
overall gdb performance.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Symbols are hashed on the name, its domain, and block.
|
|||
|
They are also hashed on their objfile for objfile-specific lookups. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
symbol_cache () = default;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
~symbol_cache ()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
destroy_block_symbol_cache (global_symbols);
|
|||
|
destroy_block_symbol_cache (static_symbols);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol_cache *global_symbols = nullptr;
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol_cache *static_symbols = nullptr;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Program space key for finding its symbol cache. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const program_space_key<symbol_cache> symbol_cache_key;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* When non-zero, print debugging messages related to symtab creation. */
|
|||
|
unsigned int symtab_create_debug = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* When non-zero, print debugging messages related to symbol lookup. */
|
|||
|
unsigned int symbol_lookup_debug = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The size of the cache is staged here. */
|
|||
|
static unsigned int new_symbol_cache_size = DEFAULT_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The current value of the symbol cache size.
|
|||
|
This is saved so that if the user enters a value too big we can restore
|
|||
|
the original value from here. */
|
|||
|
static unsigned int symbol_cache_size = DEFAULT_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* True if a file may be known by two different basenames.
|
|||
|
This is the uncommon case, and significantly slows down gdb.
|
|||
|
Default set to "off" to not slow down the common case. */
|
|||
|
bool basenames_may_differ = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Allow the user to configure the debugger behavior with respect
|
|||
|
to multiple-choice menus when more than one symbol matches during
|
|||
|
a symbol lookup. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char multiple_symbols_ask[] = "ask";
|
|||
|
const char multiple_symbols_all[] = "all";
|
|||
|
const char multiple_symbols_cancel[] = "cancel";
|
|||
|
static const char *const multiple_symbols_modes[] =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
multiple_symbols_ask,
|
|||
|
multiple_symbols_all,
|
|||
|
multiple_symbols_cancel,
|
|||
|
NULL
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
static const char *multiple_symbols_mode = multiple_symbols_all;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* When TRUE, ignore the prologue-end flag in linetable_entry when searching
|
|||
|
for the SAL past a function prologue. */
|
|||
|
static bool ignore_prologue_end_flag = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Read-only accessor to AUTO_SELECT_MODE. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
multiple_symbols_select_mode (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return multiple_symbols_mode;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return the name of a domain_enum. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
domain_name (domain_enum e)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (e)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case UNDEF_DOMAIN: return "UNDEF_DOMAIN";
|
|||
|
case VAR_DOMAIN: return "VAR_DOMAIN";
|
|||
|
case STRUCT_DOMAIN: return "STRUCT_DOMAIN";
|
|||
|
case MODULE_DOMAIN: return "MODULE_DOMAIN";
|
|||
|
case LABEL_DOMAIN: return "LABEL_DOMAIN";
|
|||
|
case COMMON_BLOCK_DOMAIN: return "COMMON_BLOCK_DOMAIN";
|
|||
|
default: gdb_assert_not_reached ("bad domain_enum");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return the name of a search_domain . */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
search_domain_name (enum search_domain e)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (e)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case VARIABLES_DOMAIN: return "VARIABLES_DOMAIN";
|
|||
|
case FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN: return "FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN";
|
|||
|
case TYPES_DOMAIN: return "TYPES_DOMAIN";
|
|||
|
case MODULES_DOMAIN: return "MODULES_DOMAIN";
|
|||
|
case ALL_DOMAIN: return "ALL_DOMAIN";
|
|||
|
default: gdb_assert_not_reached ("bad search_domain");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
call_site *
|
|||
|
compunit_symtab::find_call_site (CORE_ADDR pc) const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (m_call_site_htab == nullptr)
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR delta
|
|||
|
= this->objfile ()->section_offsets[this->block_line_section ()];
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR unrelocated_pc = pc - delta;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct call_site call_site_local (unrelocated_pc, nullptr, nullptr);
|
|||
|
void **slot
|
|||
|
= htab_find_slot (m_call_site_htab, &call_site_local, NO_INSERT);
|
|||
|
if (slot == nullptr)
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return (call_site *) *slot;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
compunit_symtab::set_call_site_htab (htab_t call_site_htab)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (m_call_site_htab == nullptr);
|
|||
|
m_call_site_htab = call_site_htab;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
compunit_symtab::set_primary_filetab (symtab *primary_filetab)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
symtab *prev_filetab = nullptr;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Move PRIMARY_FILETAB to the head of the filetab list. */
|
|||
|
for (symtab *filetab : this->filetabs ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (filetab == primary_filetab)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (prev_filetab != nullptr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
prev_filetab->next = primary_filetab->next;
|
|||
|
primary_filetab->next = m_filetabs;
|
|||
|
m_filetabs = primary_filetab;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
prev_filetab = filetab;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (primary_filetab == m_filetabs);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symtab *
|
|||
|
compunit_symtab::primary_filetab () const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (m_filetabs != nullptr);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The primary file symtab is the first one in the list. */
|
|||
|
return m_filetabs;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
enum language
|
|||
|
compunit_language (const struct compunit_symtab *cust)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symtab *symtab = cust->primary_filetab ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The language of the compunit symtab is the language of its primary
|
|||
|
source file. */
|
|||
|
return symtab->language ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The relocated address of the minimal symbol, using the section
|
|||
|
offsets from OBJFILE. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR
|
|||
|
minimal_symbol::value_address (objfile *objfile) const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (this->maybe_copied)
|
|||
|
return get_msymbol_address (objfile, this);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return (this->value_raw_address ()
|
|||
|
+ objfile->section_offsets[this->section_index ()]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
minimal_symbol::data_p () const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return m_type == mst_data
|
|||
|
|| m_type == mst_bss
|
|||
|
|| m_type == mst_abs
|
|||
|
|| m_type == mst_file_data
|
|||
|
|| m_type == mst_file_bss;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
minimal_symbol::text_p () const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return m_type == mst_text
|
|||
|
|| m_type == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
|
|||
|
|| m_type == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
|
|||
|
|| m_type == mst_slot_got_plt
|
|||
|
|| m_type == mst_solib_trampoline
|
|||
|
|| m_type == mst_file_text;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See whether FILENAME matches SEARCH_NAME using the rule that we
|
|||
|
advertise to the user. (The manual's description of linespecs
|
|||
|
describes what we advertise). Returns true if they match, false
|
|||
|
otherwise. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
compare_filenames_for_search (const char *filename, const char *search_name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int len = strlen (filename);
|
|||
|
size_t search_len = strlen (search_name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (len < search_len)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The tail of FILENAME must match. */
|
|||
|
if (FILENAME_CMP (filename + len - search_len, search_name) != 0)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Either the names must completely match, or the character
|
|||
|
preceding the trailing SEARCH_NAME segment of FILENAME must be a
|
|||
|
directory separator.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The check !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH ensures SEARCH_NAME "/dir/file.c"
|
|||
|
cannot match FILENAME "/path//dir/file.c" - as user has requested
|
|||
|
absolute path. The sama applies for "c:\file.c" possibly
|
|||
|
incorrectly hypothetically matching "d:\dir\c:\file.c".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The HAS_DRIVE_SPEC purpose is to make FILENAME "c:file.c"
|
|||
|
compatible with SEARCH_NAME "file.c". In such case a compiler had
|
|||
|
to put the "c:file.c" name into debug info. Such compatibility
|
|||
|
works only on GDB built for DOS host. */
|
|||
|
return (len == search_len
|
|||
|
|| (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (search_name)
|
|||
|
&& IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (filename[len - search_len - 1]))
|
|||
|
|| (HAS_DRIVE_SPEC (filename)
|
|||
|
&& STRIP_DRIVE_SPEC (filename) == &filename[len - search_len]));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Same as compare_filenames_for_search, but for glob-style patterns.
|
|||
|
Heads up on the order of the arguments. They match the order of
|
|||
|
compare_filenames_for_search, but it's the opposite of the order of
|
|||
|
arguments to gdb_filename_fnmatch. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
compare_glob_filenames_for_search (const char *filename,
|
|||
|
const char *search_name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* We rely on the property of glob-style patterns with FNM_FILE_NAME that
|
|||
|
all /s have to be explicitly specified. */
|
|||
|
int file_path_elements = count_path_elements (filename);
|
|||
|
int search_path_elements = count_path_elements (search_name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (search_path_elements > file_path_elements)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (search_name))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return (search_path_elements == file_path_elements
|
|||
|
&& gdb_filename_fnmatch (search_name, filename,
|
|||
|
FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_NOESCAPE) == 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *file_to_compare
|
|||
|
= strip_leading_path_elements (filename,
|
|||
|
file_path_elements - search_path_elements);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gdb_filename_fnmatch (search_name, file_to_compare,
|
|||
|
FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_NOESCAPE) == 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check for a symtab of a specific name by searching some symtabs.
|
|||
|
This is a helper function for callbacks of iterate_over_symtabs.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If NAME is not absolute, then REAL_PATH is NULL
|
|||
|
If NAME is absolute, then REAL_PATH is the gdb_realpath form of NAME.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The return value, NAME, REAL_PATH and CALLBACK are identical to the
|
|||
|
`map_symtabs_matching_filename' method of quick_symbol_functions.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FIRST and AFTER_LAST indicate the range of compunit symtabs to search.
|
|||
|
Each symtab within the specified compunit symtab is also searched.
|
|||
|
AFTER_LAST is one past the last compunit symtab to search; NULL means to
|
|||
|
search until the end of the list. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
iterate_over_some_symtabs (const char *name,
|
|||
|
const char *real_path,
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *first,
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *after_last,
|
|||
|
gdb::function_view<bool (symtab *)> callback)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *cust;
|
|||
|
const char* base_name = lbasename (name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (cust = first; cust != NULL && cust != after_last; cust = cust->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (symtab *s : cust->filetabs ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (compare_filenames_for_search (s->filename, name))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (callback (s))
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Before we invoke realpath, which can get expensive when many
|
|||
|
files are involved, do a quick comparison of the basenames. */
|
|||
|
if (! basenames_may_differ
|
|||
|
&& FILENAME_CMP (base_name, lbasename (s->filename)) != 0)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (compare_filenames_for_search (symtab_to_fullname (s), name))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (callback (s))
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If the user gave us an absolute path, try to find the file in
|
|||
|
this symtab and use its absolute path. */
|
|||
|
if (real_path != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (s);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (real_path));
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name));
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> fullname_real_path
|
|||
|
= gdb_realpath (fullname);
|
|||
|
fullname = fullname_real_path.get ();
|
|||
|
if (FILENAME_CMP (real_path, fullname) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (callback (s))
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check for a symtab of a specific name; first in symtabs, then in
|
|||
|
psymtabs. *If* there is no '/' in the name, a match after a '/'
|
|||
|
in the symtab filename will also work.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Calls CALLBACK with each symtab that is found. If CALLBACK returns
|
|||
|
true, the search stops. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
iterate_over_symtabs (const char *name,
|
|||
|
gdb::function_view<bool (symtab *)> callback)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> real_path;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Here we are interested in canonicalizing an absolute path, not
|
|||
|
absolutizing a relative path. */
|
|||
|
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
real_path = gdb_realpath (name);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (real_path.get ()));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (iterate_over_some_symtabs (name, real_path.get (),
|
|||
|
objfile->compunit_symtabs, NULL,
|
|||
|
callback))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Same search rules as above apply here, but now we look thru the
|
|||
|
psymtabs. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (objfile->map_symtabs_matching_filename (name, real_path.get (),
|
|||
|
callback))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* A wrapper for iterate_over_symtabs that returns the first matching
|
|||
|
symtab, or NULL. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symtab *
|
|||
|
lookup_symtab (const char *name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symtab *result = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
iterate_over_symtabs (name, [&] (symtab *symtab)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
result = symtab;
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
});
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Mangle a GDB method stub type. This actually reassembles the pieces of the
|
|||
|
full method name, which consist of the class name (from T), the unadorned
|
|||
|
method name from METHOD_ID, and the signature for the specific overload,
|
|||
|
specified by SIGNATURE_ID. Note that this function is g++ specific. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
char *
|
|||
|
gdb_mangle_name (struct type *type, int method_id, int signature_id)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int mangled_name_len;
|
|||
|
char *mangled_name;
|
|||
|
struct fn_field *f = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (type, method_id);
|
|||
|
struct fn_field *method = &f[signature_id];
|
|||
|
const char *field_name = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_NAME (type, method_id);
|
|||
|
const char *physname = TYPE_FN_FIELD_PHYSNAME (f, signature_id);
|
|||
|
const char *newname = type->name ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Does the form of physname indicate that it is the full mangled name
|
|||
|
of a constructor (not just the args)? */
|
|||
|
int is_full_physname_constructor;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int is_constructor;
|
|||
|
int is_destructor = is_destructor_name (physname);
|
|||
|
/* Need a new type prefix. */
|
|||
|
const char *const_prefix = method->is_const ? "C" : "";
|
|||
|
const char *volatile_prefix = method->is_volatile ? "V" : "";
|
|||
|
char buf[20];
|
|||
|
int len = (newname == NULL ? 0 : strlen (newname));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nothing to do if physname already contains a fully mangled v3 abi name
|
|||
|
or an operator name. */
|
|||
|
if ((physname[0] == '_' && physname[1] == 'Z')
|
|||
|
|| is_operator_name (field_name))
|
|||
|
return xstrdup (physname);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
is_full_physname_constructor = is_constructor_name (physname);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
is_constructor = is_full_physname_constructor
|
|||
|
|| (newname && strcmp (field_name, newname) == 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!is_destructor)
|
|||
|
is_destructor = (startswith (physname, "__dt"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (is_destructor || is_full_physname_constructor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
mangled_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (physname) + 1);
|
|||
|
strcpy (mangled_name, physname);
|
|||
|
return mangled_name;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (len == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
xsnprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (physname[0] == 't' || physname[0] == 'Q')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* The physname for template and qualified methods already includes
|
|||
|
the class name. */
|
|||
|
xsnprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix);
|
|||
|
newname = NULL;
|
|||
|
len = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
xsnprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "__%s%s%d", const_prefix,
|
|||
|
volatile_prefix, len);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
mangled_name_len = ((is_constructor ? 0 : strlen (field_name))
|
|||
|
+ strlen (buf) + len + strlen (physname) + 1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
mangled_name = (char *) xmalloc (mangled_name_len);
|
|||
|
if (is_constructor)
|
|||
|
mangled_name[0] = '\0';
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
strcpy (mangled_name, field_name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
strcat (mangled_name, buf);
|
|||
|
/* If the class doesn't have a name, i.e. newname NULL, then we just
|
|||
|
mangle it using 0 for the length of the class. Thus it gets mangled
|
|||
|
as something starting with `::' rather than `classname::'. */
|
|||
|
if (newname != NULL)
|
|||
|
strcat (mangled_name, newname);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
strcat (mangled_name, physname);
|
|||
|
return (mangled_name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
general_symbol_info::set_demangled_name (const char *name,
|
|||
|
struct obstack *obstack)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (language () == language_ada)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (name == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
ada_mangled = 0;
|
|||
|
language_specific.obstack = obstack;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
ada_mangled = 1;
|
|||
|
language_specific.demangled_name = name;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
language_specific.demangled_name = name;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Initialize the language dependent portion of a symbol
|
|||
|
depending upon the language for the symbol. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
general_symbol_info::set_language (enum language language,
|
|||
|
struct obstack *obstack)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
m_language = language;
|
|||
|
if (language == language_cplus
|
|||
|
|| language == language_d
|
|||
|
|| language == language_go
|
|||
|
|| language == language_objc
|
|||
|
|| language == language_fortran)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
set_demangled_name (NULL, obstack);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (language == language_ada)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (ada_mangled == 0);
|
|||
|
language_specific.obstack = obstack;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
memset (&language_specific, 0, sizeof (language_specific));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Functions to initialize a symbol's mangled name. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Objects of this type are stored in the demangled name hash table. */
|
|||
|
struct demangled_name_entry
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
demangled_name_entry (gdb::string_view mangled_name)
|
|||
|
: mangled (mangled_name) {}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb::string_view mangled;
|
|||
|
enum language language;
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Hash function for the demangled name hash. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static hashval_t
|
|||
|
hash_demangled_name_entry (const void *data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct demangled_name_entry *e
|
|||
|
= (const struct demangled_name_entry *) data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return fast_hash (e->mangled.data (), e->mangled.length ());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Equality function for the demangled name hash. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
eq_demangled_name_entry (const void *a, const void *b)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct demangled_name_entry *da
|
|||
|
= (const struct demangled_name_entry *) a;
|
|||
|
const struct demangled_name_entry *db
|
|||
|
= (const struct demangled_name_entry *) b;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return da->mangled == db->mangled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
free_demangled_name_entry (void *data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct demangled_name_entry *e
|
|||
|
= (struct demangled_name_entry *) data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
e->~demangled_name_entry();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Create the hash table used for demangled names. Each hash entry is
|
|||
|
a pair of strings; one for the mangled name and one for the demangled
|
|||
|
name. The entry is hashed via just the mangled name. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
create_demangled_names_hash (struct objfile_per_bfd_storage *per_bfd)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Choose 256 as the starting size of the hash table, somewhat arbitrarily.
|
|||
|
The hash table code will round this up to the next prime number.
|
|||
|
Choosing a much larger table size wastes memory, and saves only about
|
|||
|
1% in symbol reading. However, if the minsym count is already
|
|||
|
initialized (e.g. because symbol name setting was deferred to
|
|||
|
a background thread) we can initialize the hashtable with a count
|
|||
|
based on that, because we will almost certainly have at least that
|
|||
|
many entries. If we have a nonzero number but less than 256,
|
|||
|
we still stay with 256 to have some space for psymbols, etc. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* htab will expand the table when it is 3/4th full, so we account for that
|
|||
|
here. +2 to round up. */
|
|||
|
int minsym_based_count = (per_bfd->minimal_symbol_count + 2) / 3 * 4;
|
|||
|
int count = std::max (per_bfd->minimal_symbol_count, minsym_based_count);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
per_bfd->demangled_names_hash.reset (htab_create_alloc
|
|||
|
(count, hash_demangled_name_entry, eq_demangled_name_entry,
|
|||
|
free_demangled_name_entry, xcalloc, xfree));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>
|
|||
|
symbol_find_demangled_name (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol,
|
|||
|
const char *mangled)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled;
|
|||
|
int i;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gsymbol->language () == language_unknown)
|
|||
|
gsymbol->m_language = language_auto;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gsymbol->language () != language_auto)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct language_defn *lang = language_def (gsymbol->language ());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
lang->sniff_from_mangled_name (mangled, &demangled);
|
|||
|
return demangled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (i = language_unknown; i < nr_languages; ++i)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
enum language l = (enum language) i;
|
|||
|
const struct language_defn *lang = language_def (l);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (lang->sniff_from_mangled_name (mangled, &demangled))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gsymbol->m_language = l;
|
|||
|
return demangled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Set both the mangled and demangled (if any) names for GSYMBOL based
|
|||
|
on LINKAGE_NAME and LEN. Ordinarily, NAME is copied onto the
|
|||
|
objfile's obstack; but if COPY_NAME is 0 and if NAME is
|
|||
|
NUL-terminated, then this function assumes that NAME is already
|
|||
|
correctly saved (either permanently or with a lifetime tied to the
|
|||
|
objfile), and it will not be copied.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The hash table corresponding to OBJFILE is used, and the memory
|
|||
|
comes from the per-BFD storage_obstack. LINKAGE_NAME is copied,
|
|||
|
so the pointer can be discarded after calling this function. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
general_symbol_info::compute_and_set_names (gdb::string_view linkage_name,
|
|||
|
bool copy_name,
|
|||
|
objfile_per_bfd_storage *per_bfd,
|
|||
|
gdb::optional<hashval_t> hash)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct demangled_name_entry **slot;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (language () == language_ada)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* In Ada, we do the symbol lookups using the mangled name, so
|
|||
|
we can save some space by not storing the demangled name. */
|
|||
|
if (!copy_name)
|
|||
|
m_name = linkage_name.data ();
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
m_name = obstack_strndup (&per_bfd->storage_obstack,
|
|||
|
linkage_name.data (),
|
|||
|
linkage_name.length ());
|
|||
|
set_demangled_name (NULL, &per_bfd->storage_obstack);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (per_bfd->demangled_names_hash == NULL)
|
|||
|
create_demangled_names_hash (per_bfd);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct demangled_name_entry entry (linkage_name);
|
|||
|
if (!hash.has_value ())
|
|||
|
hash = hash_demangled_name_entry (&entry);
|
|||
|
slot = ((struct demangled_name_entry **)
|
|||
|
htab_find_slot_with_hash (per_bfd->demangled_names_hash.get (),
|
|||
|
&entry, *hash, INSERT));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The const_cast is safe because the only reason it is already
|
|||
|
initialized is if we purposefully set it from a background
|
|||
|
thread to avoid doing the work here. However, it is still
|
|||
|
allocated from the heap and needs to be freed by us, just
|
|||
|
like if we called symbol_find_demangled_name here. If this is
|
|||
|
nullptr, we call symbol_find_demangled_name below, but we put
|
|||
|
this smart pointer here to be sure that we don't leak this name. */
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled_name
|
|||
|
(const_cast<char *> (language_specific.demangled_name));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If this name is not in the hash table, add it. */
|
|||
|
if (*slot == NULL
|
|||
|
/* A C version of the symbol may have already snuck into the table.
|
|||
|
This happens to, e.g., main.init (__go_init_main). Cope. */
|
|||
|
|| (language () == language_go && (*slot)->demangled == nullptr))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* A 0-terminated copy of the linkage name. Callers must set COPY_NAME
|
|||
|
to true if the string might not be nullterminated. We have to make
|
|||
|
this copy because demangling needs a nullterminated string. */
|
|||
|
gdb::string_view linkage_name_copy;
|
|||
|
if (copy_name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *alloc_name = (char *) alloca (linkage_name.length () + 1);
|
|||
|
memcpy (alloc_name, linkage_name.data (), linkage_name.length ());
|
|||
|
alloc_name[linkage_name.length ()] = '\0';
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
linkage_name_copy = gdb::string_view (alloc_name,
|
|||
|
linkage_name.length ());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
linkage_name_copy = linkage_name;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (demangled_name.get () == nullptr)
|
|||
|
demangled_name
|
|||
|
= symbol_find_demangled_name (this, linkage_name_copy.data ());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Suppose we have demangled_name==NULL, copy_name==0, and
|
|||
|
linkage_name_copy==linkage_name. In this case, we already have the
|
|||
|
mangled name saved, and we don't have a demangled name. So,
|
|||
|
you might think we could save a little space by not recording
|
|||
|
this in the hash table at all.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It turns out that it is actually important to still save such
|
|||
|
an entry in the hash table, because storing this name gives
|
|||
|
us better bcache hit rates for partial symbols. */
|
|||
|
if (!copy_name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*slot
|
|||
|
= ((struct demangled_name_entry *)
|
|||
|
obstack_alloc (&per_bfd->storage_obstack,
|
|||
|
sizeof (demangled_name_entry)));
|
|||
|
new (*slot) demangled_name_entry (linkage_name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* If we must copy the mangled name, put it directly after
|
|||
|
the struct so we can have a single allocation. */
|
|||
|
*slot
|
|||
|
= ((struct demangled_name_entry *)
|
|||
|
obstack_alloc (&per_bfd->storage_obstack,
|
|||
|
sizeof (demangled_name_entry)
|
|||
|
+ linkage_name.length () + 1));
|
|||
|
char *mangled_ptr = reinterpret_cast<char *> (*slot + 1);
|
|||
|
memcpy (mangled_ptr, linkage_name.data (), linkage_name.length ());
|
|||
|
mangled_ptr [linkage_name.length ()] = '\0';
|
|||
|
new (*slot) demangled_name_entry
|
|||
|
(gdb::string_view (mangled_ptr, linkage_name.length ()));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
(*slot)->demangled = std::move (demangled_name);
|
|||
|
(*slot)->language = language ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (language () == language_unknown || language () == language_auto)
|
|||
|
m_language = (*slot)->language;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
m_name = (*slot)->mangled.data ();
|
|||
|
set_demangled_name ((*slot)->demangled.get (), &per_bfd->storage_obstack);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
general_symbol_info::natural_name () const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (language ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case language_cplus:
|
|||
|
case language_d:
|
|||
|
case language_go:
|
|||
|
case language_objc:
|
|||
|
case language_fortran:
|
|||
|
case language_rust:
|
|||
|
if (language_specific.demangled_name != nullptr)
|
|||
|
return language_specific.demangled_name;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case language_ada:
|
|||
|
return ada_decode_symbol (this);
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return linkage_name ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
general_symbol_info::demangled_name () const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *dem_name = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (language ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case language_cplus:
|
|||
|
case language_d:
|
|||
|
case language_go:
|
|||
|
case language_objc:
|
|||
|
case language_fortran:
|
|||
|
case language_rust:
|
|||
|
dem_name = language_specific.demangled_name;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case language_ada:
|
|||
|
dem_name = ada_decode_symbol (this);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return dem_name;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
general_symbol_info::search_name () const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (language () == language_ada)
|
|||
|
return linkage_name ();
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return natural_name ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct obj_section *
|
|||
|
general_symbol_info::obj_section (const struct objfile *objfile) const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (section_index () >= 0)
|
|||
|
return &objfile->sections[section_index ()];
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
symbol_matches_search_name (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol,
|
|||
|
const lookup_name_info &name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
symbol_name_matcher_ftype *name_match
|
|||
|
= language_def (gsymbol->language ())->get_symbol_name_matcher (name);
|
|||
|
return name_match (gsymbol->search_name (), name, NULL);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return true if the two sections are the same, or if they could
|
|||
|
plausibly be copies of each other, one in an original object
|
|||
|
file and another in a separated debug file. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
matching_obj_sections (struct obj_section *obj_first,
|
|||
|
struct obj_section *obj_second)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
asection *first = obj_first? obj_first->the_bfd_section : NULL;
|
|||
|
asection *second = obj_second? obj_second->the_bfd_section : NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If they're the same section, then they match. */
|
|||
|
if (first == second)
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If either is NULL, give up. */
|
|||
|
if (first == NULL || second == NULL)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This doesn't apply to absolute symbols. */
|
|||
|
if (first->owner == NULL || second->owner == NULL)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If they're in the same object file, they must be different sections. */
|
|||
|
if (first->owner == second->owner)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check whether the two sections are potentially corresponding. They must
|
|||
|
have the same size, address, and name. We can't compare section indexes,
|
|||
|
which would be more reliable, because some sections may have been
|
|||
|
stripped. */
|
|||
|
if (bfd_section_size (first) != bfd_section_size (second))
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* In-memory addresses may start at a different offset, relativize them. */
|
|||
|
if (bfd_section_vma (first) - bfd_get_start_address (first->owner)
|
|||
|
!= bfd_section_vma (second) - bfd_get_start_address (second->owner))
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (bfd_section_name (first) == NULL
|
|||
|
|| bfd_section_name (second) == NULL
|
|||
|
|| strcmp (bfd_section_name (first), bfd_section_name (second)) != 0)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Otherwise check that they are in corresponding objfiles. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct objfile *obj = NULL;
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
if (objfile->obfd == first->owner)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
obj = objfile;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (obj != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (obj->separate_debug_objfile != NULL
|
|||
|
&& obj->separate_debug_objfile->obfd == second->owner)
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
if (obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink != NULL
|
|||
|
&& obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink->obfd == second->owner)
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
expand_symtab_containing_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we know that this is not a text address, return failure. This is
|
|||
|
necessary because we loop based on texthigh and textlow, which do
|
|||
|
not include the data ranges. */
|
|||
|
msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section);
|
|||
|
if (msymbol.minsym && msymbol.minsym->data_p ())
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *cust
|
|||
|
= objfile->find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (msymbol, pc, section, 0);
|
|||
|
if (cust)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Hash function for the symbol cache. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static unsigned int
|
|||
|
hash_symbol_entry (const struct objfile *objfile_context,
|
|||
|
const char *name, domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
unsigned int hash = (uintptr_t) objfile_context;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (name != NULL)
|
|||
|
hash += htab_hash_string (name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Because of symbol_matches_domain we need VAR_DOMAIN and STRUCT_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
to map to the same slot. */
|
|||
|
if (domain == STRUCT_DOMAIN)
|
|||
|
hash += VAR_DOMAIN * 7;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
hash += domain * 7;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return hash;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Equality function for the symbol cache. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
eq_symbol_entry (const struct symbol_cache_slot *slot,
|
|||
|
const struct objfile *objfile_context,
|
|||
|
const char *name, domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *slot_name;
|
|||
|
domain_enum slot_domain;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (slot->objfile_context != objfile_context)
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
slot_name = slot->value.not_found.name;
|
|||
|
slot_domain = slot->value.not_found.domain;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
slot_name = slot->value.found.symbol->search_name ();
|
|||
|
slot_domain = slot->value.found.symbol->domain ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* NULL names match. */
|
|||
|
if (slot_name == NULL && name == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* But there's no point in calling symbol_matches_domain in the
|
|||
|
SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND case. */
|
|||
|
if (slot_domain != domain)
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (slot_name != NULL && name != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* It's important that we use the same comparison that was done
|
|||
|
the first time through. If the slot records a found symbol,
|
|||
|
then this means using the symbol name comparison function of
|
|||
|
the symbol's language with symbol->search_name (). See
|
|||
|
dictionary.c. It also means using symbol_matches_domain for
|
|||
|
found symbols. See block.c.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the slot records a not-found symbol, then require a precise match.
|
|||
|
We could still be lax with whitespace like strcmp_iw though. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (slot_name, name) != 0)
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
if (slot_domain != domain)
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym = slot->value.found.symbol;
|
|||
|
lookup_name_info lookup_name (name, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!symbol_matches_search_name (sym, lookup_name))
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!symbol_matches_domain (sym->language (), slot_domain, domain))
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Only one name is NULL. */
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Given a cache of size SIZE, return the size of the struct (with variable
|
|||
|
length array) in bytes. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static size_t
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_byte_size (unsigned int size)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return (sizeof (struct block_symbol_cache)
|
|||
|
+ ((size - 1) * sizeof (struct symbol_cache_slot)));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Resize CACHE. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
resize_symbol_cache (struct symbol_cache *cache, unsigned int new_size)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* If there's no change in size, don't do anything.
|
|||
|
All caches have the same size, so we can just compare with the size
|
|||
|
of the global symbols cache. */
|
|||
|
if ((cache->global_symbols != NULL
|
|||
|
&& cache->global_symbols->size == new_size)
|
|||
|
|| (cache->global_symbols == NULL
|
|||
|
&& new_size == 0))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
destroy_block_symbol_cache (cache->global_symbols);
|
|||
|
destroy_block_symbol_cache (cache->static_symbols);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (new_size == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cache->global_symbols = NULL;
|
|||
|
cache->static_symbols = NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
size_t total_size = symbol_cache_byte_size (new_size);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cache->global_symbols
|
|||
|
= (struct block_symbol_cache *) xcalloc (1, total_size);
|
|||
|
cache->static_symbols
|
|||
|
= (struct block_symbol_cache *) xcalloc (1, total_size);
|
|||
|
cache->global_symbols->size = new_size;
|
|||
|
cache->static_symbols->size = new_size;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return the symbol cache of PSPACE.
|
|||
|
Create one if it doesn't exist yet. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct symbol_cache *
|
|||
|
get_symbol_cache (struct program_space *pspace)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache *cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (cache == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cache = symbol_cache_key.emplace (pspace);
|
|||
|
resize_symbol_cache (cache, symbol_cache_size);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return cache;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Set the size of the symbol cache in all program spaces. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
set_symbol_cache_size (unsigned int new_size)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (struct program_space *pspace : program_spaces)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache *cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The pspace could have been created but not have a cache yet. */
|
|||
|
if (cache != NULL)
|
|||
|
resize_symbol_cache (cache, new_size);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Called when symbol-cache-size is set. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
set_symbol_cache_size_handler (const char *args, int from_tty,
|
|||
|
struct cmd_list_element *c)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (new_symbol_cache_size > MAX_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Restore the previous value.
|
|||
|
This is the value the "show" command prints. */
|
|||
|
new_symbol_cache_size = symbol_cache_size;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
error (_("Symbol cache size is too large, max is %u."),
|
|||
|
MAX_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_size = new_symbol_cache_size;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
set_symbol_cache_size (symbol_cache_size);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Lookup symbol NAME,DOMAIN in BLOCK in the symbol cache of PSPACE.
|
|||
|
OBJFILE_CONTEXT is the current objfile, which may be NULL.
|
|||
|
The result is the symbol if found, SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED if a previous lookup
|
|||
|
failed (and thus this one will too), or NULL if the symbol is not present
|
|||
|
in the cache.
|
|||
|
*BSC_PTR and *SLOT_PTR are set to the cache and slot of the symbol, which
|
|||
|
can be used to save the result of a full lookup attempt. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_lookup (struct symbol_cache *cache,
|
|||
|
struct objfile *objfile_context, enum block_enum block,
|
|||
|
const char *name, domain_enum domain,
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol_cache **bsc_ptr,
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache_slot **slot_ptr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol_cache *bsc;
|
|||
|
unsigned int hash;
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache_slot *slot;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (block == GLOBAL_BLOCK)
|
|||
|
bsc = cache->global_symbols;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
bsc = cache->static_symbols;
|
|||
|
if (bsc == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*bsc_ptr = NULL;
|
|||
|
*slot_ptr = NULL;
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
hash = hash_symbol_entry (objfile_context, name, domain);
|
|||
|
slot = bsc->symbols + hash % bsc->size;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*bsc_ptr = bsc;
|
|||
|
*slot_ptr = slot;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (eq_symbol_entry (slot, objfile_context, name, domain))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"%s block symbol cache hit%s for %s, %s\n",
|
|||
|
block == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "Global" : "Static",
|
|||
|
slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND
|
|||
|
? " (not found)" : "",
|
|||
|
name, domain_name (domain));
|
|||
|
++bsc->hits;
|
|||
|
if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND)
|
|||
|
return SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED;
|
|||
|
return slot->value.found;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Symbol is not present in the cache. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"%s block symbol cache miss for %s, %s\n",
|
|||
|
block == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "Global" : "Static",
|
|||
|
name, domain_name (domain));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
++bsc->misses;
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Mark SYMBOL as found in SLOT.
|
|||
|
OBJFILE_CONTEXT is the current objfile when the lookup was done, or NULL
|
|||
|
if it's not needed to distinguish lookups (STATIC_BLOCK). It is *not*
|
|||
|
necessarily the objfile the symbol was found in. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_mark_found (struct block_symbol_cache *bsc,
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache_slot *slot,
|
|||
|
struct objfile *objfile_context,
|
|||
|
struct symbol *symbol,
|
|||
|
const struct block *block)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (bsc == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
if (slot->state != SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
++bsc->collisions;
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_clear_slot (slot);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
slot->state = SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND;
|
|||
|
slot->objfile_context = objfile_context;
|
|||
|
slot->value.found.symbol = symbol;
|
|||
|
slot->value.found.block = block;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Mark symbol NAME, DOMAIN as not found in SLOT.
|
|||
|
OBJFILE_CONTEXT is the current objfile when the lookup was done, or NULL
|
|||
|
if it's not needed to distinguish lookups (STATIC_BLOCK). */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_mark_not_found (struct block_symbol_cache *bsc,
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache_slot *slot,
|
|||
|
struct objfile *objfile_context,
|
|||
|
const char *name, domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (bsc == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
if (slot->state != SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
++bsc->collisions;
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_clear_slot (slot);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
slot->state = SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND;
|
|||
|
slot->objfile_context = objfile_context;
|
|||
|
slot->value.not_found.name = xstrdup (name);
|
|||
|
slot->value.not_found.domain = domain;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Flush the symbol cache of PSPACE. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_flush (struct program_space *pspace)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache *cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace);
|
|||
|
int pass;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (cache == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
if (cache->global_symbols == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (symbol_cache_size == 0);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (cache->static_symbols == NULL);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If the cache is untouched since the last flush, early exit.
|
|||
|
This is important for performance during the startup of a program linked
|
|||
|
with 100s (or 1000s) of shared libraries. */
|
|||
|
if (cache->global_symbols->misses == 0
|
|||
|
&& cache->static_symbols->misses == 0)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (cache->global_symbols->size == symbol_cache_size);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (cache->static_symbols->size == symbol_cache_size);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol_cache *bsc
|
|||
|
= pass == 0 ? cache->global_symbols : cache->static_symbols;
|
|||
|
unsigned int i;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (i = 0; i < bsc->size; ++i)
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_clear_slot (&bsc->symbols[i]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cache->global_symbols->hits = 0;
|
|||
|
cache->global_symbols->misses = 0;
|
|||
|
cache->global_symbols->collisions = 0;
|
|||
|
cache->static_symbols->hits = 0;
|
|||
|
cache->static_symbols->misses = 0;
|
|||
|
cache->static_symbols->collisions = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Dump CACHE. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_dump (const struct symbol_cache *cache)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int pass;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (cache->global_symbols == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (" <disabled>\n");
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct block_symbol_cache *bsc
|
|||
|
= pass == 0 ? cache->global_symbols : cache->static_symbols;
|
|||
|
unsigned int i;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (pass == 0)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf ("Global symbols:\n");
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gdb_printf ("Static symbols:\n");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (i = 0; i < bsc->size; ++i)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct symbol_cache_slot *slot = &bsc->symbols[i];
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QUIT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (slot->state)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED:
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND:
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (" [%4u] = %s, %s %s (not found)\n", i,
|
|||
|
host_address_to_string (slot->objfile_context),
|
|||
|
slot->value.not_found.name,
|
|||
|
domain_name (slot->value.not_found.domain));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND:
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol *found = slot->value.found.symbol;
|
|||
|
const struct objfile *context = slot->objfile_context;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (" [%4u] = %s, %s %s\n", i,
|
|||
|
host_address_to_string (context),
|
|||
|
found->print_name (),
|
|||
|
domain_name (found->domain ()));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The "mt print symbol-cache" command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
maintenance_print_symbol_cache (const char *args, int from_tty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (struct program_space *pspace : program_spaces)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache *cache;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (_("Symbol cache for pspace %d\n%s:\n"),
|
|||
|
pspace->num,
|
|||
|
pspace->symfile_object_file != NULL
|
|||
|
? objfile_name (pspace->symfile_object_file)
|
|||
|
: "(no object file)");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If the cache hasn't been created yet, avoid creating one. */
|
|||
|
cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace);
|
|||
|
if (cache == NULL)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (" <empty>\n");
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_dump (cache);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The "mt flush-symbol-cache" command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
maintenance_flush_symbol_cache (const char *args, int from_tty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (struct program_space *pspace : program_spaces)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_flush (pspace);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Print usage statistics of CACHE. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_stats (struct symbol_cache *cache)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int pass;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (cache->global_symbols == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (" <disabled>\n");
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct block_symbol_cache *bsc
|
|||
|
= pass == 0 ? cache->global_symbols : cache->static_symbols;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QUIT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (pass == 0)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf ("Global block cache stats:\n");
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gdb_printf ("Static block cache stats:\n");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (" size: %u\n", bsc->size);
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (" hits: %u\n", bsc->hits);
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (" misses: %u\n", bsc->misses);
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (" collisions: %u\n", bsc->collisions);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The "mt print symbol-cache-statistics" command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
maintenance_print_symbol_cache_statistics (const char *args, int from_tty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (struct program_space *pspace : program_spaces)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache *cache;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (_("Symbol cache statistics for pspace %d\n%s:\n"),
|
|||
|
pspace->num,
|
|||
|
pspace->symfile_object_file != NULL
|
|||
|
? objfile_name (pspace->symfile_object_file)
|
|||
|
: "(no object file)");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If the cache hasn't been created yet, avoid creating one. */
|
|||
|
cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace);
|
|||
|
if (cache == NULL)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (" empty, no stats available\n");
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_stats (cache);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This module's 'new_objfile' observer. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
symtab_new_objfile_observer (struct objfile *objfile)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Ideally we'd use OBJFILE->pspace, but OBJFILE may be NULL. */
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_flush (current_program_space);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This module's 'free_objfile' observer. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
symtab_free_objfile_observer (struct objfile *objfile)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_flush (objfile->pspace);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Debug symbols usually don't have section information. We need to dig that
|
|||
|
out of the minimal symbols and stash that in the debug symbol. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
fixup_section (struct general_symbol_info *ginfo,
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR addr, struct objfile *objfile)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct minimal_symbol *msym;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* First, check whether a minimal symbol with the same name exists
|
|||
|
and points to the same address. The address check is required
|
|||
|
e.g. on PowerPC64, where the minimal symbol for a function will
|
|||
|
point to the function descriptor, while the debug symbol will
|
|||
|
point to the actual function code. */
|
|||
|
msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_name (addr, ginfo->linkage_name (),
|
|||
|
objfile);
|
|||
|
if (msym)
|
|||
|
ginfo->set_section_index (msym->section_index ());
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Static, function-local variables do appear in the linker
|
|||
|
(minimal) symbols, but are frequently given names that won't
|
|||
|
be found via lookup_minimal_symbol(). E.g., it has been
|
|||
|
observed in frv-uclinux (ELF) executables that a static,
|
|||
|
function-local variable named "foo" might appear in the
|
|||
|
linker symbols as "foo.6" or "foo.3". Thus, there is no
|
|||
|
point in attempting to extend the lookup-by-name mechanism to
|
|||
|
handle this case due to the fact that there can be multiple
|
|||
|
names.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
So, instead, search the section table when lookup by name has
|
|||
|
failed. The ``addr'' and ``endaddr'' fields may have already
|
|||
|
been relocated. If so, the relocation offset needs to be
|
|||
|
subtracted from these values when performing the comparison.
|
|||
|
We unconditionally subtract it, because, when no relocation
|
|||
|
has been performed, the value will simply be zero.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The address of the symbol whose section we're fixing up HAS
|
|||
|
NOT BEEN adjusted (relocated) yet. It can't have been since
|
|||
|
the section isn't yet known and knowing the section is
|
|||
|
necessary in order to add the correct relocation value. In
|
|||
|
other words, we wouldn't even be in this function (attempting
|
|||
|
to compute the section) if it were already known.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that it is possible to search the minimal symbols
|
|||
|
(subtracting the relocation value if necessary) to find the
|
|||
|
matching minimal symbol, but this is overkill and much less
|
|||
|
efficient. It is not necessary to find the matching minimal
|
|||
|
symbol, only its section.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that this technique (of doing a section table search)
|
|||
|
can fail when unrelocated section addresses overlap. For
|
|||
|
this reason, we still attempt a lookup by name prior to doing
|
|||
|
a search of the section table. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct obj_section *s;
|
|||
|
int fallback = -1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ALL_OBJFILE_OSECTIONS (objfile, s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int idx = s - objfile->sections;
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR offset = objfile->section_offsets[idx];
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (fallback == -1)
|
|||
|
fallback = idx;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (s->addr () - offset <= addr && addr < s->endaddr () - offset)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
ginfo->set_section_index (idx);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we didn't find the section, assume it is in the first
|
|||
|
section. If there is no allocated section, then it hardly
|
|||
|
matters what we pick, so just pick zero. */
|
|||
|
if (fallback == -1)
|
|||
|
ginfo->set_section_index (0);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
ginfo->set_section_index (fallback);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symbol *
|
|||
|
fixup_symbol_section (struct symbol *sym, struct objfile *objfile)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR addr;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sym)
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sym->is_objfile_owned ())
|
|||
|
return sym;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We either have an OBJFILE, or we can get at it from the sym's
|
|||
|
symtab. Anything else is a bug. */
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (objfile || sym->symtab ());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (objfile == NULL)
|
|||
|
objfile = sym->objfile ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (sym->obj_section (objfile) != nullptr)
|
|||
|
return sym;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We should have an objfile by now. */
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (objfile);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (sym->aclass ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case LOC_STATIC:
|
|||
|
case LOC_LABEL:
|
|||
|
addr = sym->value_address ();
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case LOC_BLOCK:
|
|||
|
addr = sym->value_block ()->entry_pc ();
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
/* Nothing else will be listed in the minsyms -- no use looking
|
|||
|
it up. */
|
|||
|
return sym;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
fixup_section (sym, addr, objfile);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return sym;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
demangle_for_lookup_info::demangle_for_lookup_info
|
|||
|
(const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, language lang)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
demangle_result_storage storage;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (lookup_name.ignore_parameters () && lang == language_cplus)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> without_params
|
|||
|
= cp_remove_params_if_any (lookup_name.c_str (),
|
|||
|
lookup_name.completion_mode ());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (without_params != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (lookup_name.match_type () != symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME)
|
|||
|
m_demangled_name = demangle_for_lookup (without_params.get (),
|
|||
|
lang, storage);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (lookup_name.match_type () == symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME)
|
|||
|
m_demangled_name = lookup_name.c_str ();
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
m_demangled_name = demangle_for_lookup (lookup_name.c_str (),
|
|||
|
lang, storage);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const lookup_name_info &
|
|||
|
lookup_name_info::match_any ()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Lookup any symbol that "" would complete. I.e., this matches all
|
|||
|
symbol names. */
|
|||
|
static const lookup_name_info lookup_name ("", symbol_name_match_type::FULL,
|
|||
|
true);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return lookup_name;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Compute the demangled form of NAME as used by the various symbol
|
|||
|
lookup functions. The result can either be the input NAME
|
|||
|
directly, or a pointer to a buffer owned by the STORAGE object.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For Ada, this function just returns NAME, unmodified.
|
|||
|
Normally, Ada symbol lookups are performed using the encoded name
|
|||
|
rather than the demangled name, and so it might seem to make sense
|
|||
|
for this function to return an encoded version of NAME.
|
|||
|
Unfortunately, we cannot do this, because this function is used in
|
|||
|
circumstances where it is not appropriate to try to encode NAME.
|
|||
|
For instance, when displaying the frame info, we demangle the name
|
|||
|
of each parameter, and then perform a symbol lookup inside our
|
|||
|
function using that demangled name. In Ada, certain functions
|
|||
|
have internally-generated parameters whose name contain uppercase
|
|||
|
characters. Encoding those name would result in those uppercase
|
|||
|
characters to become lowercase, and thus cause the symbol lookup
|
|||
|
to fail. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
demangle_for_lookup (const char *name, enum language lang,
|
|||
|
demangle_result_storage &storage)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* If we are using C++, D, or Go, demangle the name before doing a
|
|||
|
lookup, so we can always binary search. */
|
|||
|
if (lang == language_cplus)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled_name
|
|||
|
= gdb_demangle (name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
|
|||
|
if (demangled_name != NULL)
|
|||
|
return storage.set_malloc_ptr (std::move (demangled_name));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we were given a non-mangled name, canonicalize it
|
|||
|
according to the language (so far only for C++). */
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> canon = cp_canonicalize_string (name);
|
|||
|
if (canon != nullptr)
|
|||
|
return storage.set_malloc_ptr (std::move (canon));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (lang == language_d)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled_name = d_demangle (name, 0);
|
|||
|
if (demangled_name != NULL)
|
|||
|
return storage.set_malloc_ptr (std::move (demangled_name));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (lang == language_go)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled_name
|
|||
|
= language_def (language_go)->demangle_symbol (name, 0);
|
|||
|
if (demangled_name != NULL)
|
|||
|
return storage.set_malloc_ptr (std::move (demangled_name));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return name;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
unsigned int
|
|||
|
search_name_hash (enum language language, const char *search_name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return language_def (language)->search_name_hash (search_name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This function (or rather its subordinates) have a bunch of loops and
|
|||
|
it would seem to be attractive to put in some QUIT's (though I'm not really
|
|||
|
sure whether it can run long enough to be really important). But there
|
|||
|
are a few calls for which it would appear to be bad news to quit
|
|||
|
out of here: e.g., find_proc_desc in alpha-mdebug-tdep.c. (Note
|
|||
|
that there is C++ code below which can error(), but that probably
|
|||
|
doesn't affect these calls since they are looking for a known
|
|||
|
variable and thus can probably assume it will never hit the C++
|
|||
|
code). */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_symbol_in_language (const char *name, const struct block *block,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain, enum language lang,
|
|||
|
struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
demangle_result_storage storage;
|
|||
|
const char *modified_name = demangle_for_lookup (name, lang, storage);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return lookup_symbol_aux (modified_name,
|
|||
|
symbol_name_match_type::FULL,
|
|||
|
block, domain, lang,
|
|||
|
is_a_field_of_this);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block,
|
|||
|
domain_enum domain,
|
|||
|
struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return lookup_symbol_in_language (name, block, domain,
|
|||
|
current_language->la_language,
|
|||
|
is_a_field_of_this);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_symbol_search_name (const char *search_name, const struct block *block,
|
|||
|
domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return lookup_symbol_aux (search_name, symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME,
|
|||
|
block, domain, language_asm, NULL);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_language_this (const struct language_defn *lang,
|
|||
|
const struct block *block)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (lang->name_of_this () == NULL || block == NULL)
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct objfile *objfile = block_objfile (block);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"lookup_language_this (%s, %s (objfile %s))",
|
|||
|
lang->name (), host_address_to_string (block),
|
|||
|
objfile_debug_name (objfile));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (block)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sym = block_lookup_symbol (block, lang->name_of_this (),
|
|||
|
symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME,
|
|||
|
VAR_DOMAIN);
|
|||
|
if (sym != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, " = %s (%s, block %s)\n",
|
|||
|
sym->print_name (),
|
|||
|
host_address_to_string (sym),
|
|||
|
host_address_to_string (block));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return (struct block_symbol) {sym, block};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (block->function ())
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
block = block->superblock ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, " = NULL\n");
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Given TYPE, a structure/union,
|
|||
|
return 1 if the component named NAME from the ultimate target
|
|||
|
structure/union is defined, otherwise, return 0. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
check_field (struct type *type, const char *name,
|
|||
|
struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int i;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The type may be a stub. */
|
|||
|
type = check_typedef (type);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (i = type->num_fields () - 1; i >= TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type); i--)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *t_field_name = type->field (i).name ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (t_field_name && (strcmp_iw (t_field_name, name) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
is_a_field_of_this->type = type;
|
|||
|
is_a_field_of_this->field = &type->field (i);
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* C++: If it was not found as a data field, then try to return it
|
|||
|
as a pointer to a method. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (i = TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (type) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (strcmp_iw (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_NAME (type, i), name) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
is_a_field_of_this->type = type;
|
|||
|
is_a_field_of_this->fn_field = &TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST (type, i);
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (i = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|||
|
if (check_field (TYPE_BASECLASS (type, i), name, is_a_field_of_this))
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Behave like lookup_symbol except that NAME is the natural name
|
|||
|
(e.g., demangled name) of the symbol that we're looking for. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_symbol_aux (const char *name, symbol_name_match_type match_type,
|
|||
|
const struct block *block,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain, enum language language,
|
|||
|
struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol result;
|
|||
|
const struct language_defn *langdef;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct objfile *objfile = (block == nullptr
|
|||
|
? nullptr : block_objfile (block));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"lookup_symbol_aux (%s, %s (objfile %s), %s, %s)\n",
|
|||
|
name, host_address_to_string (block),
|
|||
|
objfile != NULL
|
|||
|
? objfile_debug_name (objfile) : "NULL",
|
|||
|
domain_name (domain), language_str (language));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Make sure we do something sensible with is_a_field_of_this, since
|
|||
|
the callers that set this parameter to some non-null value will
|
|||
|
certainly use it later. If we don't set it, the contents of
|
|||
|
is_a_field_of_this are undefined. */
|
|||
|
if (is_a_field_of_this != NULL)
|
|||
|
memset (is_a_field_of_this, 0, sizeof (*is_a_field_of_this));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Search specified block and its superiors. Don't search
|
|||
|
STATIC_BLOCK or GLOBAL_BLOCK. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result = lookup_local_symbol (name, match_type, block, domain, language);
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, "lookup_symbol_aux (...) = %s\n",
|
|||
|
host_address_to_string (result.symbol));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If requested to do so by the caller and if appropriate for LANGUAGE,
|
|||
|
check to see if NAME is a field of `this'. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
langdef = language_def (language);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Don't do this check if we are searching for a struct. It will
|
|||
|
not be found by check_field, but will be found by other
|
|||
|
means. */
|
|||
|
if (is_a_field_of_this != NULL && domain != STRUCT_DOMAIN)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
result = lookup_language_this (langdef, block);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct type *t = result.symbol->type ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* I'm not really sure that type of this can ever
|
|||
|
be typedefed; just be safe. */
|
|||
|
t = check_typedef (t);
|
|||
|
if (t->is_pointer_or_reference ())
|
|||
|
t = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (t->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
|||
|
&& t->code () != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
|
|||
|
error (_("Internal error: `%s' is not an aggregate"),
|
|||
|
langdef->name_of_this ());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (check_field (t, name, is_a_field_of_this))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"lookup_symbol_aux (...) = NULL\n");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now do whatever is appropriate for LANGUAGE to look
|
|||
|
up static and global variables. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result = langdef->lookup_symbol_nonlocal (name, block, domain);
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, "lookup_symbol_aux (...) = %s\n",
|
|||
|
host_address_to_string (result.symbol));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now search all static file-level symbols. Not strictly correct,
|
|||
|
but more useful than an error. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result = lookup_static_symbol (name, domain);
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, "lookup_symbol_aux (...) = %s\n",
|
|||
|
result.symbol != NULL
|
|||
|
? host_address_to_string (result.symbol)
|
|||
|
: "NULL");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check to see if the symbol is defined in BLOCK or its superiors.
|
|||
|
Don't search STATIC_BLOCK or GLOBAL_BLOCK. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_local_symbol (const char *name,
|
|||
|
symbol_name_match_type match_type,
|
|||
|
const struct block *block,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain,
|
|||
|
enum language language)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|||
|
const struct block *static_block = block_static_block (block);
|
|||
|
const char *scope = block_scope (block);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check if either no block is specified or it's a global block. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (static_block == NULL)
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (block != static_block)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sym = lookup_symbol_in_block (name, match_type, block, domain);
|
|||
|
if (sym != NULL)
|
|||
|
return (struct block_symbol) {sym, block};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (language == language_cplus || language == language_fortran)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol blocksym
|
|||
|
= cp_lookup_symbol_imports_or_template (scope, name, block,
|
|||
|
domain);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (blocksym.symbol != NULL)
|
|||
|
return blocksym;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (block->function () != NULL && block_inlined_p (block))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
block = block->superblock ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We've reached the end of the function without finding a result. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symbol *
|
|||
|
lookup_symbol_in_block (const char *name, symbol_name_match_type match_type,
|
|||
|
const struct block *block,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct objfile *objfile = (block == nullptr
|
|||
|
? nullptr : block_objfile (block));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"lookup_symbol_in_block (%s, %s (objfile %s), %s)",
|
|||
|
name, host_address_to_string (block),
|
|||
|
objfile_debug_name (objfile),
|
|||
|
domain_name (domain));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sym = block_lookup_symbol (block, name, match_type, domain);
|
|||
|
if (sym)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, " = %s\n",
|
|||
|
host_address_to_string (sym));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return fixup_symbol_section (sym, NULL);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, " = NULL\n");
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_global_symbol_from_objfile (struct objfile *main_objfile,
|
|||
|
enum block_enum block_index,
|
|||
|
const char *name,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block_index == STATIC_BLOCK);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : main_objfile->separate_debug_objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol result
|
|||
|
= lookup_symbol_in_objfile (objfile, block_index, name, domain);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol != nullptr)
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check to see if the symbol is defined in one of the OBJFILE's
|
|||
|
symtabs. BLOCK_INDEX should be either GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK,
|
|||
|
depending on whether or not we want to search global symbols or
|
|||
|
static symbols. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (struct objfile *objfile,
|
|||
|
enum block_enum block_index, const char *name,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block_index == STATIC_BLOCK);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (%s, %s, %s, %s)",
|
|||
|
objfile_debug_name (objfile),
|
|||
|
block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK
|
|||
|
? "GLOBAL_BLOCK" : "STATIC_BLOCK",
|
|||
|
name, domain_name (domain));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol other;
|
|||
|
other.symbol = NULL;
|
|||
|
for (compunit_symtab *cust : objfile->compunits ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct blockvector *bv;
|
|||
|
const struct block *block;
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bv = cust->blockvector ();
|
|||
|
block = bv->block (block_index);
|
|||
|
result.symbol = block_lookup_symbol_primary (block, name, domain);
|
|||
|
result.block = block;
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol == NULL)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
if (best_symbol (result.symbol, domain))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
other = result;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (symbol_matches_domain (result.symbol->language (),
|
|||
|
result.symbol->domain (), domain))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol *better
|
|||
|
= better_symbol (other.symbol, result.symbol, domain);
|
|||
|
if (better != other.symbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
other.symbol = better;
|
|||
|
other.block = block;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (other.symbol != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, " = %s (block %s)\n",
|
|||
|
host_address_to_string (other.symbol),
|
|||
|
host_address_to_string (other.block));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
other.symbol = fixup_symbol_section (other.symbol, objfile);
|
|||
|
return other;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, " = NULL\n");
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Wrapper around lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs for search_symbols.
|
|||
|
Look up LINKAGE_NAME in DOMAIN in the global and static blocks of OBJFILE
|
|||
|
and all associated separate debug objfiles.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Normally we only look in OBJFILE, and not any separate debug objfiles
|
|||
|
because the outer loop will cause them to be searched too. This case is
|
|||
|
different. Here we're called from search_symbols where it will only
|
|||
|
call us for the objfile that contains a matching minsym. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name (struct objfile *objfile,
|
|||
|
const char *linkage_name,
|
|||
|
domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
enum language lang = current_language->la_language;
|
|||
|
struct objfile *main_objfile;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
demangle_result_storage storage;
|
|||
|
const char *modified_name = demangle_for_lookup (linkage_name, lang, storage);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink)
|
|||
|
main_objfile = objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
main_objfile = objfile;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (::objfile *cur_objfile : main_objfile->separate_debug_objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (cur_objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK,
|
|||
|
modified_name, domain);
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol == NULL)
|
|||
|
result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (cur_objfile, STATIC_BLOCK,
|
|||
|
modified_name, domain);
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol != NULL)
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* A helper function that throws an exception when a symbol was found
|
|||
|
in a psymtab but not in a symtab. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
|
|||
|
error_in_psymtab_expansion (enum block_enum block_index, const char *name,
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *cust)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
error (_("\
|
|||
|
Internal: %s symbol `%s' found in %s psymtab but not in symtab.\n\
|
|||
|
%s may be an inlined function, or may be a template function\n \
|
|||
|
(if a template, try specifying an instantiation: %s<type>)."),
|
|||
|
block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "global" : "static",
|
|||
|
name,
|
|||
|
symtab_to_filename_for_display (cust->primary_filetab ()),
|
|||
|
name, name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* A helper function for various lookup routines that interfaces with
|
|||
|
the "quick" symbol table functions. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (struct objfile *objfile,
|
|||
|
enum block_enum block_index, const char *name,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *cust;
|
|||
|
const struct blockvector *bv;
|
|||
|
const struct block *block;
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (%s, %s, %s, %s)\n",
|
|||
|
objfile_debug_name (objfile),
|
|||
|
block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK
|
|||
|
? "GLOBAL_BLOCK" : "STATIC_BLOCK",
|
|||
|
name, domain_name (domain));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cust = objfile->lookup_symbol (block_index, name, domain);
|
|||
|
if (cust == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (...) = NULL\n");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bv = cust->blockvector ();
|
|||
|
block = bv->block (block_index);
|
|||
|
result.symbol = block_lookup_symbol (block, name,
|
|||
|
symbol_name_match_type::FULL, domain);
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol == NULL)
|
|||
|
error_in_psymtab_expansion (block_index, name, cust);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (...) = %s (block %s)\n",
|
|||
|
host_address_to_string (result.symbol),
|
|||
|
host_address_to_string (block));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result.symbol = fixup_symbol_section (result.symbol, objfile);
|
|||
|
result.block = block;
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See language.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
language_defn::lookup_symbol_nonlocal (const char *name,
|
|||
|
const struct block *block,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain) const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* NOTE: dje/2014-10-26: The lookup in all objfiles search could skip
|
|||
|
the current objfile. Searching the current objfile first is useful
|
|||
|
for both matching user expectations as well as performance. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result = lookup_symbol_in_static_block (name, block, domain);
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol != NULL)
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we didn't find a definition for a builtin type in the static block,
|
|||
|
search for it now. This is actually the right thing to do and can be
|
|||
|
a massive performance win. E.g., when debugging a program with lots of
|
|||
|
shared libraries we could search all of them only to find out the
|
|||
|
builtin type isn't defined in any of them. This is common for types
|
|||
|
like "void". */
|
|||
|
if (domain == VAR_DOMAIN)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (block == NULL)
|
|||
|
gdbarch = target_gdbarch ();
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gdbarch = block_gdbarch (block);
|
|||
|
result.symbol = language_lookup_primitive_type_as_symbol (this,
|
|||
|
gdbarch, name);
|
|||
|
result.block = NULL;
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol != NULL)
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return lookup_global_symbol (name, block, domain);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_symbol_in_static_block (const char *name,
|
|||
|
const struct block *block,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct block *static_block = block_static_block (block);
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (static_block == NULL)
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct objfile *objfile = (block == nullptr
|
|||
|
? nullptr : block_objfile (block));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"lookup_symbol_in_static_block (%s, %s (objfile %s),"
|
|||
|
" %s)\n",
|
|||
|
name,
|
|||
|
host_address_to_string (block),
|
|||
|
objfile_debug_name (objfile),
|
|||
|
domain_name (domain));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sym = lookup_symbol_in_block (name,
|
|||
|
symbol_name_match_type::FULL,
|
|||
|
static_block, domain);
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"lookup_symbol_in_static_block (...) = %s\n",
|
|||
|
sym != NULL ? host_address_to_string (sym) : "NULL");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return (struct block_symbol) {sym, static_block};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Perform the standard symbol lookup of NAME in OBJFILE:
|
|||
|
1) First search expanded symtabs, and if not found
|
|||
|
2) Search the "quick" symtabs (partial or .gdb_index).
|
|||
|
BLOCK_INDEX is one of GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_symbol_in_objfile (struct objfile *objfile, enum block_enum block_index,
|
|||
|
const char *name, const domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block_index == STATIC_BLOCK);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"lookup_symbol_in_objfile (%s, %s, %s, %s)\n",
|
|||
|
objfile_debug_name (objfile),
|
|||
|
block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK
|
|||
|
? "GLOBAL_BLOCK" : "STATIC_BLOCK",
|
|||
|
name, domain_name (domain));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (objfile, block_index,
|
|||
|
name, domain);
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"lookup_symbol_in_objfile (...) = %s"
|
|||
|
" (in symtabs)\n",
|
|||
|
host_address_to_string (result.symbol));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result = lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (objfile, block_index,
|
|||
|
name, domain);
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"lookup_symbol_in_objfile (...) = %s%s\n",
|
|||
|
result.symbol != NULL
|
|||
|
? host_address_to_string (result.symbol)
|
|||
|
: "NULL",
|
|||
|
result.symbol != NULL ? " (via quick fns)" : "");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find the language for partial symbol with NAME. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static enum language
|
|||
|
find_quick_global_symbol_language (const char *name, const domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
bool symbol_found_p;
|
|||
|
enum language lang
|
|||
|
= objfile->lookup_global_symbol_language (name, domain, &symbol_found_p);
|
|||
|
if (symbol_found_p)
|
|||
|
return lang;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return language_unknown;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This function contains the common code of lookup_{global,static}_symbol.
|
|||
|
OBJFILE is only used if BLOCK_INDEX is GLOBAL_SCOPE, in which case it is
|
|||
|
the objfile to start the lookup in. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_global_or_static_symbol (const char *name,
|
|||
|
enum block_enum block_index,
|
|||
|
struct objfile *objfile,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache *cache = get_symbol_cache (current_program_space);
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol result;
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol_cache *bsc;
|
|||
|
struct symbol_cache_slot *slot;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block_index == STATIC_BLOCK);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (objfile == nullptr || block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* First see if we can find the symbol in the cache.
|
|||
|
This works because we use the current objfile to qualify the lookup. */
|
|||
|
result = symbol_cache_lookup (cache, objfile, block_index, name, domain,
|
|||
|
&bsc, &slot);
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED_P (result))
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Do a global search (of global blocks, heh). */
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol == NULL)
|
|||
|
gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order
|
|||
|
(objfile != NULL ? objfile->arch () : target_gdbarch (),
|
|||
|
[&result, block_index, name, domain] (struct objfile *objfile_iter)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile (objfile_iter, block_index,
|
|||
|
name, domain);
|
|||
|
return result.symbol != nullptr;
|
|||
|
},
|
|||
|
objfile);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (result.symbol != NULL)
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_mark_found (bsc, slot, objfile, result.symbol, result.block);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
symbol_cache_mark_not_found (bsc, slot, objfile, name, domain);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_static_symbol (const char *name, const domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return lookup_global_or_static_symbol (name, STATIC_BLOCK, nullptr, domain);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol
|
|||
|
lookup_global_symbol (const char *name,
|
|||
|
const struct block *block,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* If a block was passed in, we want to search the corresponding
|
|||
|
global block first. This yields "more expected" behavior, and is
|
|||
|
needed to support 'FILENAME'::VARIABLE lookups. */
|
|||
|
const struct block *global_block = block_global_block (block);
|
|||
|
symbol *sym = NULL;
|
|||
|
if (global_block != nullptr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sym = lookup_symbol_in_block (name,
|
|||
|
symbol_name_match_type::FULL,
|
|||
|
global_block, domain);
|
|||
|
if (sym != NULL && best_symbol (sym, domain))
|
|||
|
return { sym, global_block };
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct objfile *objfile = nullptr;
|
|||
|
if (block != nullptr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
objfile = block_objfile (block);
|
|||
|
if (objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink != nullptr)
|
|||
|
objfile = objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
block_symbol bs
|
|||
|
= lookup_global_or_static_symbol (name, GLOBAL_BLOCK, objfile, domain);
|
|||
|
if (better_symbol (sym, bs.symbol, domain) == sym)
|
|||
|
return { sym, global_block };
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return bs;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
symbol_matches_domain (enum language symbol_language,
|
|||
|
domain_enum symbol_domain,
|
|||
|
domain_enum domain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* For C++ "struct foo { ... }" also defines a typedef for "foo".
|
|||
|
Similarly, any Ada type declaration implicitly defines a typedef. */
|
|||
|
if (symbol_language == language_cplus
|
|||
|
|| symbol_language == language_d
|
|||
|
|| symbol_language == language_ada
|
|||
|
|| symbol_language == language_rust)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if ((domain == VAR_DOMAIN || domain == STRUCT_DOMAIN)
|
|||
|
&& symbol_domain == STRUCT_DOMAIN)
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* For all other languages, strict match is required. */
|
|||
|
return (symbol_domain == domain);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct type *
|
|||
|
lookup_transparent_type (const char *name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return current_language->lookup_transparent_type (name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* A helper for basic_lookup_transparent_type that interfaces with the
|
|||
|
"quick" symbol table functions. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct type *
|
|||
|
basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (struct objfile *objfile,
|
|||
|
enum block_enum block_index,
|
|||
|
const char *name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *cust;
|
|||
|
const struct blockvector *bv;
|
|||
|
const struct block *block;
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cust = objfile->lookup_symbol (block_index, name, STRUCT_DOMAIN);
|
|||
|
if (cust == NULL)
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bv = cust->blockvector ();
|
|||
|
block = bv->block (block_index);
|
|||
|
sym = block_find_symbol (block, name, STRUCT_DOMAIN,
|
|||
|
block_find_non_opaque_type, NULL);
|
|||
|
if (sym == NULL)
|
|||
|
error_in_psymtab_expansion (block_index, name, cust);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (!TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (sym->type ()));
|
|||
|
return sym->type ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Subroutine of basic_lookup_transparent_type to simplify it.
|
|||
|
Look up the non-opaque definition of NAME in BLOCK_INDEX of OBJFILE.
|
|||
|
BLOCK_INDEX is either GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct type *
|
|||
|
basic_lookup_transparent_type_1 (struct objfile *objfile,
|
|||
|
enum block_enum block_index,
|
|||
|
const char *name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct blockvector *bv;
|
|||
|
const struct block *block;
|
|||
|
const struct symbol *sym;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (compunit_symtab *cust : objfile->compunits ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
bv = cust->blockvector ();
|
|||
|
block = bv->block (block_index);
|
|||
|
sym = block_find_symbol (block, name, STRUCT_DOMAIN,
|
|||
|
block_find_non_opaque_type, NULL);
|
|||
|
if (sym != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (!TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (sym->type ()));
|
|||
|
return sym->type ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The standard implementation of lookup_transparent_type. This code
|
|||
|
was modeled on lookup_symbol -- the parts not relevant to looking
|
|||
|
up types were just left out. In particular it's assumed here that
|
|||
|
types are available in STRUCT_DOMAIN and only in file-static or
|
|||
|
global blocks. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct type *
|
|||
|
basic_lookup_transparent_type (const char *name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct type *t;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now search all the global symbols. Do the symtab's first, then
|
|||
|
check the psymtab's. If a psymtab indicates the existence
|
|||
|
of the desired name as a global, then do psymtab-to-symtab
|
|||
|
conversion on the fly and return the found symbol. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_1 (objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, name);
|
|||
|
if (t)
|
|||
|
return t;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, name);
|
|||
|
if (t)
|
|||
|
return t;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now search the static file-level symbols.
|
|||
|
Not strictly correct, but more useful than an error.
|
|||
|
Do the symtab's first, then
|
|||
|
check the psymtab's. If a psymtab indicates the existence
|
|||
|
of the desired name as a file-level static, then do psymtab-to-symtab
|
|||
|
conversion on the fly and return the found symbol. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_1 (objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, name);
|
|||
|
if (t)
|
|||
|
return t;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, name);
|
|||
|
if (t)
|
|||
|
return t;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return (struct type *) 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
iterate_over_symbols (const struct block *block,
|
|||
|
const lookup_name_info &name,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain,
|
|||
|
gdb::function_view<symbol_found_callback_ftype> callback)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct block_iterator iter;
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS_WITH_NAME (block, name, iter, sym)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (symbol_matches_domain (sym->language (), sym->domain (), domain))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol block_sym = {sym, block};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!callback (&block_sym))
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
iterate_over_symbols_terminated
|
|||
|
(const struct block *block,
|
|||
|
const lookup_name_info &name,
|
|||
|
const domain_enum domain,
|
|||
|
gdb::function_view<symbol_found_callback_ftype> callback)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!iterate_over_symbols (block, name, domain, callback))
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
struct block_symbol block_sym = {nullptr, block};
|
|||
|
return callback (&block_sym);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find the compunit symtab associated with PC and SECTION.
|
|||
|
This will read in debug info as necessary. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *
|
|||
|
find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *best_cust = NULL;
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR best_cust_range = 0;
|
|||
|
struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we know that this is not a text address, return failure. This is
|
|||
|
necessary because we loop based on the block's high and low code
|
|||
|
addresses, which do not include the data ranges, and because
|
|||
|
we call find_pc_sect_psymtab which has a similar restriction based
|
|||
|
on the partial_symtab's texthigh and textlow. */
|
|||
|
msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section);
|
|||
|
if (msymbol.minsym && msymbol.minsym->data_p ())
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Search all symtabs for the one whose file contains our address, and which
|
|||
|
is the smallest of all the ones containing the address. This is designed
|
|||
|
to deal with a case like symtab a is at 0x1000-0x2000 and 0x3000-0x4000
|
|||
|
and symtab b is at 0x2000-0x3000. So the GLOBAL_BLOCK for a is from
|
|||
|
0x1000-0x4000, but for address 0x2345 we want to return symtab b.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This happens for native ecoff format, where code from included files
|
|||
|
gets its own symtab. The symtab for the included file should have
|
|||
|
been read in already via the dependency mechanism.
|
|||
|
It might be swifter to create several symtabs with the same name
|
|||
|
like xcoff does (I'm not sure).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It also happens for objfiles that have their functions reordered.
|
|||
|
For these, the symtab we are looking for is not necessarily read in. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *obj_file : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (compunit_symtab *cust : obj_file->compunits ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct blockvector *bv = cust->blockvector ();
|
|||
|
const struct block *global_block = bv->global_block ();
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR start = global_block->start ();
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR end = global_block->end ();
|
|||
|
bool in_range_p = start <= pc && pc < end;
|
|||
|
if (!in_range_p)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (bv->map () != nullptr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (bv->map ()->find (pc) == nullptr)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return cust;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR range = end - start;
|
|||
|
if (best_cust != nullptr
|
|||
|
&& range >= best_cust_range)
|
|||
|
/* Cust doesn't have a smaller range than best_cust, skip it. */
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* For an objfile that has its functions reordered,
|
|||
|
find_pc_psymtab will find the proper partial symbol table
|
|||
|
and we simply return its corresponding symtab. */
|
|||
|
/* In order to better support objfiles that contain both
|
|||
|
stabs and coff debugging info, we continue on if a psymtab
|
|||
|
can't be found. */
|
|||
|
if ((obj_file->flags & OBJF_REORDERED) != 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result
|
|||
|
= obj_file->find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (msymbol,
|
|||
|
pc,
|
|||
|
section,
|
|||
|
0);
|
|||
|
if (result != NULL)
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (section != 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym = NULL;
|
|||
|
struct block_iterator iter;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (int b_index = GLOBAL_BLOCK;
|
|||
|
b_index <= STATIC_BLOCK && sym == NULL;
|
|||
|
++b_index)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct block *b = bv->block (b_index);
|
|||
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
fixup_symbol_section (sym, obj_file);
|
|||
|
if (matching_obj_sections (sym->obj_section (obj_file),
|
|||
|
section))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (sym == NULL)
|
|||
|
continue; /* No symbol in this symtab matches
|
|||
|
section. */
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Cust is best found sofar, save it. */
|
|||
|
best_cust = cust;
|
|||
|
best_cust_range = range;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (best_cust != NULL)
|
|||
|
return best_cust;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Not found in symtabs, search the "quick" symtabs (e.g. psymtabs). */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objf : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *result
|
|||
|
= objf->find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (msymbol, pc, section, 1);
|
|||
|
if (result != NULL)
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find the compunit symtab associated with PC.
|
|||
|
This will read in debug info as necessary.
|
|||
|
Backward compatibility, no section. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *
|
|||
|
find_pc_compunit_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (pc, find_pc_mapped_section (pc));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symbol *
|
|||
|
find_symbol_at_address (CORE_ADDR address)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* A helper function to search a given symtab for a symbol matching
|
|||
|
ADDR. */
|
|||
|
auto search_symtab = [] (compunit_symtab *symtab, CORE_ADDR addr) -> symbol *
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct blockvector *bv = symtab->blockvector ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (int i = GLOBAL_BLOCK; i <= STATIC_BLOCK; ++i)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct block *b = bv->block (i);
|
|||
|
struct block_iterator iter;
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (sym->aclass () == LOC_STATIC
|
|||
|
&& sym->value_address () == addr)
|
|||
|
return sym;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* If this objfile was read with -readnow, then we need to
|
|||
|
search the symtabs directly. */
|
|||
|
if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_READNOW) != 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (compunit_symtab *symtab : objfile->compunits ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym = search_symtab (symtab, address);
|
|||
|
if (sym != nullptr)
|
|||
|
return sym;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *symtab
|
|||
|
= objfile->find_compunit_symtab_by_address (address);
|
|||
|
if (symtab != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym = search_symtab (symtab, address);
|
|||
|
if (sym != nullptr)
|
|||
|
return sym;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find the source file and line number for a given PC value and SECTION.
|
|||
|
Return a structure containing a symtab pointer, a line number,
|
|||
|
and a pc range for the entire source line.
|
|||
|
The value's .pc field is NOT the specified pc.
|
|||
|
NOTCURRENT nonzero means, if specified pc is on a line boundary,
|
|||
|
use the line that ends there. Otherwise, in that case, the line
|
|||
|
that begins there is used. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The big complication here is that a line may start in one file, and end just
|
|||
|
before the start of another file. This usually occurs when you #include
|
|||
|
code in the middle of a subroutine. To properly find the end of a line's PC
|
|||
|
range, we must search all symtabs associated with this compilation unit, and
|
|||
|
find the one whose first PC is closer than that of the next line in this
|
|||
|
symtab. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symtab_and_line
|
|||
|
find_pc_sect_line (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section, int notcurrent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct compunit_symtab *cust;
|
|||
|
struct linetable *l;
|
|||
|
int len;
|
|||
|
struct linetable_entry *item;
|
|||
|
const struct blockvector *bv;
|
|||
|
struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Info on best line seen so far, and where it starts, and its file. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct linetable_entry *best = NULL;
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR best_end = 0;
|
|||
|
struct symtab *best_symtab = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Store here the first line number
|
|||
|
of a file which contains the line at the smallest pc after PC.
|
|||
|
If we don't find a line whose range contains PC,
|
|||
|
we will use a line one less than this,
|
|||
|
with a range from the start of that file to the first line's pc. */
|
|||
|
struct linetable_entry *alt = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Info on best line seen in this file. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct linetable_entry *prev;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If this pc is not from the current frame,
|
|||
|
it is the address of the end of a call instruction.
|
|||
|
Quite likely that is the start of the following statement.
|
|||
|
But what we want is the statement containing the instruction.
|
|||
|
Fudge the pc to make sure we get that. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* It's tempting to assume that, if we can't find debugging info for
|
|||
|
any function enclosing PC, that we shouldn't search for line
|
|||
|
number info, either. However, GAS can emit line number info for
|
|||
|
assembly files --- very helpful when debugging hand-written
|
|||
|
assembly code. In such a case, we'd have no debug info for the
|
|||
|
function, but we would have line info. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (notcurrent)
|
|||
|
pc -= 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* elz: added this because this function returned the wrong
|
|||
|
information if the pc belongs to a stub (import/export)
|
|||
|
to call a shlib function. This stub would be anywhere between
|
|||
|
two functions in the target, and the line info was erroneously
|
|||
|
taken to be the one of the line before the pc. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* RT: Further explanation:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
* We have stubs (trampolines) inserted between procedures.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Example: "shr1" exists in a shared library, and a "shr1" stub also
|
|||
|
* exists in the main image.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* In the minimal symbol table, we have a bunch of symbols
|
|||
|
* sorted by start address. The stubs are marked as "trampoline",
|
|||
|
* the others appear as text. E.g.:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Minimal symbol table for main image
|
|||
|
* main: code for main (text symbol)
|
|||
|
* shr1: stub (trampoline symbol)
|
|||
|
* foo: code for foo (text symbol)
|
|||
|
* ...
|
|||
|
* Minimal symbol table for "shr1" image:
|
|||
|
* ...
|
|||
|
* shr1: code for shr1 (text symbol)
|
|||
|
* ...
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* So the code below is trying to detect if we are in the stub
|
|||
|
* ("shr1" stub), and if so, find the real code ("shr1" trampoline),
|
|||
|
* and if found, do the symbolization from the real-code address
|
|||
|
* rather than the stub address.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Assumptions being made about the minimal symbol table:
|
|||
|
* 1. lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc() will return a trampoline only
|
|||
|
* if we're really in the trampoline.s If we're beyond it (say
|
|||
|
* we're in "foo" in the above example), it'll have a closer
|
|||
|
* symbol (the "foo" text symbol for example) and will not
|
|||
|
* return the trampoline.
|
|||
|
* 2. lookup_minimal_symbol_text() will find a real text symbol
|
|||
|
* corresponding to the trampoline, and whose address will
|
|||
|
* be different than the trampoline address. I put in a sanity
|
|||
|
* check for the address being the same, to avoid an
|
|||
|
* infinite recursion.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (pc);
|
|||
|
if (msymbol.minsym != NULL)
|
|||
|
if (msymbol.minsym->type () == mst_solib_trampoline)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct bound_minimal_symbol mfunsym
|
|||
|
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (msymbol.minsym->linkage_name (),
|
|||
|
NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (mfunsym.minsym == NULL)
|
|||
|
/* I eliminated this warning since it is coming out
|
|||
|
* in the following situation:
|
|||
|
* gdb shmain // test program with shared libraries
|
|||
|
* (gdb) break shr1 // function in shared lib
|
|||
|
* Warning: In stub for ...
|
|||
|
* In the above situation, the shared lib is not loaded yet,
|
|||
|
* so of course we can't find the real func/line info,
|
|||
|
* but the "break" still works, and the warning is annoying.
|
|||
|
* So I commented out the warning. RT */
|
|||
|
/* warning ("In stub for %s; unable to find real function/line info",
|
|||
|
msymbol->linkage_name ()); */
|
|||
|
;
|
|||
|
/* fall through */
|
|||
|
else if (mfunsym.value_address ()
|
|||
|
== msymbol.value_address ())
|
|||
|
/* Avoid infinite recursion */
|
|||
|
/* See above comment about why warning is commented out. */
|
|||
|
/* warning ("In stub for %s; unable to find real function/line info",
|
|||
|
msymbol->linkage_name ()); */
|
|||
|
;
|
|||
|
/* fall through */
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Detect an obvious case of infinite recursion. If this
|
|||
|
should occur, we'd like to know about it, so error out,
|
|||
|
fatally. */
|
|||
|
if (mfunsym.value_address () == pc)
|
|||
|
internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
|
|||
|
_("Infinite recursion detected in find_pc_sect_line;"
|
|||
|
"please file a bug report"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return find_pc_line (mfunsym.value_address (), 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
symtab_and_line val;
|
|||
|
val.pspace = current_program_space;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cust = find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (pc, section);
|
|||
|
if (cust == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* If no symbol information, return previous pc. */
|
|||
|
if (notcurrent)
|
|||
|
pc++;
|
|||
|
val.pc = pc;
|
|||
|
return val;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bv = cust->blockvector ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Look at all the symtabs that share this blockvector.
|
|||
|
They all have the same apriori range, that we found was right;
|
|||
|
but they have different line tables. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (symtab *iter_s : cust->filetabs ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Find the best line in this symtab. */
|
|||
|
l = iter_s->linetable ();
|
|||
|
if (!l)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
len = l->nitems;
|
|||
|
if (len <= 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* I think len can be zero if the symtab lacks line numbers
|
|||
|
(e.g. gcc -g1). (Either that or the LINETABLE is NULL;
|
|||
|
I'm not sure which, and maybe it depends on the symbol
|
|||
|
reader). */
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
prev = NULL;
|
|||
|
item = l->item; /* Get first line info. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Is this file's first line closer than the first lines of other files?
|
|||
|
If so, record this file, and its first line, as best alternate. */
|
|||
|
if (item->pc > pc && (!alt || item->pc < alt->pc))
|
|||
|
alt = item;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
auto pc_compare = [](const CORE_ADDR & comp_pc,
|
|||
|
const struct linetable_entry & lhs)->bool
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return comp_pc < lhs.pc;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct linetable_entry *first = item;
|
|||
|
struct linetable_entry *last = item + len;
|
|||
|
item = std::upper_bound (first, last, pc, pc_compare);
|
|||
|
if (item != first)
|
|||
|
prev = item - 1; /* Found a matching item. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* At this point, prev points at the line whose start addr is <= pc, and
|
|||
|
item points at the next line. If we ran off the end of the linetable
|
|||
|
(pc >= start of the last line), then prev == item. If pc < start of
|
|||
|
the first line, prev will not be set. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Is this file's best line closer than the best in the other files?
|
|||
|
If so, record this file, and its best line, as best so far. Don't
|
|||
|
save prev if it represents the end of a function (i.e. line number
|
|||
|
0) instead of a real line. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (prev && prev->line && (!best || prev->pc > best->pc))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
best = prev;
|
|||
|
best_symtab = iter_s;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If during the binary search we land on a non-statement entry,
|
|||
|
scan backward through entries at the same address to see if
|
|||
|
there is an entry marked as is-statement. In theory this
|
|||
|
duplication should have been removed from the line table
|
|||
|
during construction, this is just a double check. If the line
|
|||
|
table has had the duplication removed then this should be
|
|||
|
pretty cheap. */
|
|||
|
if (!best->is_stmt)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct linetable_entry *tmp = best;
|
|||
|
while (tmp > first && (tmp - 1)->pc == tmp->pc
|
|||
|
&& (tmp - 1)->line != 0 && !tmp->is_stmt)
|
|||
|
--tmp;
|
|||
|
if (tmp->is_stmt)
|
|||
|
best = tmp;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Discard BEST_END if it's before the PC of the current BEST. */
|
|||
|
if (best_end <= best->pc)
|
|||
|
best_end = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If another line (denoted by ITEM) is in the linetable and its
|
|||
|
PC is after BEST's PC, but before the current BEST_END, then
|
|||
|
use ITEM's PC as the new best_end. */
|
|||
|
if (best && item < last && item->pc > best->pc
|
|||
|
&& (best_end == 0 || best_end > item->pc))
|
|||
|
best_end = item->pc;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!best_symtab)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* If we didn't find any line number info, just return zeros.
|
|||
|
We used to return alt->line - 1 here, but that could be
|
|||
|
anywhere; if we don't have line number info for this PC,
|
|||
|
don't make some up. */
|
|||
|
val.pc = pc;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (best->line == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* If our best fit is in a range of PC's for which no line
|
|||
|
number info is available (line number is zero) then we didn't
|
|||
|
find any valid line information. */
|
|||
|
val.pc = pc;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
val.is_stmt = best->is_stmt;
|
|||
|
val.symtab = best_symtab;
|
|||
|
val.line = best->line;
|
|||
|
val.pc = best->pc;
|
|||
|
if (best_end && (!alt || best_end < alt->pc))
|
|||
|
val.end = best_end;
|
|||
|
else if (alt)
|
|||
|
val.end = alt->pc;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
val.end = bv->global_block ()->end ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
val.section = section;
|
|||
|
return val;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Backward compatibility (no section). */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symtab_and_line
|
|||
|
find_pc_line (CORE_ADDR pc, int notcurrent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct obj_section *section;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
|
|||
|
if (!pc_in_unmapped_range (pc, section))
|
|||
|
return find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, notcurrent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If the original PC was an unmapped address then we translate this to a
|
|||
|
mapped address in order to lookup the sal. However, as the user
|
|||
|
passed us an unmapped address it makes more sense to return a result
|
|||
|
that has the pc and end fields translated to unmapped addresses. */
|
|||
|
pc = overlay_mapped_address (pc, section);
|
|||
|
symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, notcurrent);
|
|||
|
sal.pc = overlay_unmapped_address (sal.pc, section);
|
|||
|
sal.end = overlay_unmapped_address (sal.end, section);
|
|||
|
return sal;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symtab *
|
|||
|
find_pc_line_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symtab_and_line sal;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This always passes zero for NOTCURRENT to find_pc_line.
|
|||
|
There are currently no callers that ever pass non-zero. */
|
|||
|
sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
|
|||
|
return sal.symtab;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find line number LINE in any symtab whose name is the same as
|
|||
|
SYMTAB.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If found, return the symtab that contains the linetable in which it was
|
|||
|
found, set *INDEX to the index in the linetable of the best entry
|
|||
|
found, and set *EXACT_MATCH to true if the value returned is an
|
|||
|
exact match.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If not found, return NULL. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symtab *
|
|||
|
find_line_symtab (struct symtab *sym_tab, int line,
|
|||
|
int *index, bool *exact_match)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int exact = 0; /* Initialized here to avoid a compiler warning. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* BEST_INDEX and BEST_LINETABLE identify the smallest linenumber > LINE
|
|||
|
so far seen. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int best_index;
|
|||
|
struct linetable *best_linetable;
|
|||
|
struct symtab *best_symtab;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* First try looking it up in the given symtab. */
|
|||
|
best_linetable = sym_tab->linetable ();
|
|||
|
best_symtab = sym_tab;
|
|||
|
best_index = find_line_common (best_linetable, line, &exact, 0);
|
|||
|
if (best_index < 0 || !exact)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Didn't find an exact match. So we better keep looking for
|
|||
|
another symtab with the same name. In the case of xcoff,
|
|||
|
multiple csects for one source file (produced by IBM's FORTRAN
|
|||
|
compiler) produce multiple symtabs (this is unavoidable
|
|||
|
assuming csects can be at arbitrary places in memory and that
|
|||
|
the GLOBAL_BLOCK of a symtab has a begin and end address). */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* BEST is the smallest linenumber > LINE so far seen,
|
|||
|
or 0 if none has been seen so far.
|
|||
|
BEST_INDEX and BEST_LINETABLE identify the item for it. */
|
|||
|
int best;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (best_index >= 0)
|
|||
|
best = best_linetable->item[best_index].line;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
best = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
objfile->expand_symtabs_with_fullname (symtab_to_fullname (sym_tab));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (compunit_symtab *cu : objfile->compunits ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (symtab *s : cu->filetabs ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct linetable *l;
|
|||
|
int ind;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (FILENAME_CMP (sym_tab->filename, s->filename) != 0)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
if (FILENAME_CMP (symtab_to_fullname (sym_tab),
|
|||
|
symtab_to_fullname (s)) != 0)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
l = s->linetable ();
|
|||
|
ind = find_line_common (l, line, &exact, 0);
|
|||
|
if (ind >= 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (exact)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
best_index = ind;
|
|||
|
best_linetable = l;
|
|||
|
best_symtab = s;
|
|||
|
goto done;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (best == 0 || l->item[ind].line < best)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
best = l->item[ind].line;
|
|||
|
best_index = ind;
|
|||
|
best_linetable = l;
|
|||
|
best_symtab = s;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
done:
|
|||
|
if (best_index < 0)
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (index)
|
|||
|
*index = best_index;
|
|||
|
if (exact_match)
|
|||
|
*exact_match = (exact != 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return best_symtab;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Given SYMTAB, returns all the PCs function in the symtab that
|
|||
|
exactly match LINE. Returns an empty vector if there are no exact
|
|||
|
matches, but updates BEST_ITEM in this case. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
std::vector<CORE_ADDR>
|
|||
|
find_pcs_for_symtab_line (struct symtab *symtab, int line,
|
|||
|
struct linetable_entry **best_item)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int start = 0;
|
|||
|
std::vector<CORE_ADDR> result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* First, collect all the PCs that are at this line. */
|
|||
|
while (1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int was_exact;
|
|||
|
int idx;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
idx = find_line_common (symtab->linetable (), line, &was_exact,
|
|||
|
start);
|
|||
|
if (idx < 0)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!was_exact)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct linetable_entry *item = &symtab->linetable ()->item[idx];
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (*best_item == NULL
|
|||
|
|| (item->line < (*best_item)->line && item->is_stmt))
|
|||
|
*best_item = item;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result.push_back (symtab->linetable ()->item[idx].pc);
|
|||
|
start = idx + 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Set the PC value for a given source file and line number and return true.
|
|||
|
Returns false for invalid line number (and sets the PC to 0).
|
|||
|
The source file is specified with a struct symtab. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
find_line_pc (struct symtab *symtab, int line, CORE_ADDR *pc)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct linetable *l;
|
|||
|
int ind;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*pc = 0;
|
|||
|
if (symtab == 0)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
symtab = find_line_symtab (symtab, line, &ind, NULL);
|
|||
|
if (symtab != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
l = symtab->linetable ();
|
|||
|
*pc = l->item[ind].pc;
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find the range of pc values in a line.
|
|||
|
Store the starting pc of the line into *STARTPTR
|
|||
|
and the ending pc (start of next line) into *ENDPTR.
|
|||
|
Returns true to indicate success.
|
|||
|
Returns false if could not find the specified line. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
find_line_pc_range (struct symtab_and_line sal, CORE_ADDR *startptr,
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR *endptr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR startaddr;
|
|||
|
struct symtab_and_line found_sal;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
startaddr = sal.pc;
|
|||
|
if (startaddr == 0 && !find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &startaddr))
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This whole function is based on address. For example, if line 10 has
|
|||
|
two parts, one from 0x100 to 0x200 and one from 0x300 to 0x400, then
|
|||
|
"info line *0x123" should say the line goes from 0x100 to 0x200
|
|||
|
and "info line *0x355" should say the line goes from 0x300 to 0x400.
|
|||
|
This also insures that we never give a range like "starts at 0x134
|
|||
|
and ends at 0x12c". */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
found_sal = find_pc_sect_line (startaddr, sal.section, 0);
|
|||
|
if (found_sal.line != sal.line)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* The specified line (sal) has zero bytes. */
|
|||
|
*startptr = found_sal.pc;
|
|||
|
*endptr = found_sal.pc;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*startptr = found_sal.pc;
|
|||
|
*endptr = found_sal.end;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Given a line table and a line number, return the index into the line
|
|||
|
table for the pc of the nearest line whose number is >= the specified one.
|
|||
|
Return -1 if none is found. The value is >= 0 if it is an index.
|
|||
|
START is the index at which to start searching the line table.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Set *EXACT_MATCH nonzero if the value returned is an exact match. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
find_line_common (struct linetable *l, int lineno,
|
|||
|
int *exact_match, int start)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int i;
|
|||
|
int len;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* BEST is the smallest linenumber > LINENO so far seen,
|
|||
|
or 0 if none has been seen so far.
|
|||
|
BEST_INDEX identifies the item for it. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int best_index = -1;
|
|||
|
int best = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*exact_match = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (lineno <= 0)
|
|||
|
return -1;
|
|||
|
if (l == 0)
|
|||
|
return -1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
len = l->nitems;
|
|||
|
for (i = start; i < len; i++)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct linetable_entry *item = &(l->item[i]);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Ignore non-statements. */
|
|||
|
if (!item->is_stmt)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (item->line == lineno)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Return the first (lowest address) entry which matches. */
|
|||
|
*exact_match = 1;
|
|||
|
return i;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (item->line > lineno && (best == 0 || item->line < best))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
best = item->line;
|
|||
|
best_index = i;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we got here, we didn't get an exact match. */
|
|||
|
return best_index;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
find_pc_line_pc_range (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR *startptr, CORE_ADDR *endptr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symtab_and_line sal;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
|
|||
|
*startptr = sal.pc;
|
|||
|
*endptr = sal.end;
|
|||
|
return sal.symtab != 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Helper for find_function_start_sal. Does most of the work, except
|
|||
|
setting the sal's symbol. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static symtab_and_line
|
|||
|
find_function_start_sal_1 (CORE_ADDR func_addr, obj_section *section,
|
|||
|
bool funfirstline)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_sect_line (func_addr, section, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (funfirstline && sal.symtab != NULL
|
|||
|
&& (sal.symtab->compunit ()->locations_valid ()
|
|||
|
|| sal.symtab->language () == language_asm))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = sal.symtab->compunit ()->objfile ()->arch ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sal.pc = func_addr;
|
|||
|
if (gdbarch_skip_entrypoint_p (gdbarch))
|
|||
|
sal.pc = gdbarch_skip_entrypoint (gdbarch, sal.pc);
|
|||
|
return sal;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We always should have a line for the function start address.
|
|||
|
If we don't, something is odd. Create a plain SAL referring
|
|||
|
just the PC and hope that skip_prologue_sal (if requested)
|
|||
|
can find a line number for after the prologue. */
|
|||
|
if (sal.pc < func_addr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sal = {};
|
|||
|
sal.pspace = current_program_space;
|
|||
|
sal.pc = func_addr;
|
|||
|
sal.section = section;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (funfirstline)
|
|||
|
skip_prologue_sal (&sal);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return sal;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
symtab_and_line
|
|||
|
find_function_start_sal (CORE_ADDR func_addr, obj_section *section,
|
|||
|
bool funfirstline)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
symtab_and_line sal
|
|||
|
= find_function_start_sal_1 (func_addr, section, funfirstline);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* find_function_start_sal_1 does a linetable search, so it finds
|
|||
|
the symtab and linenumber, but not a symbol. Fill in the
|
|||
|
function symbol too. */
|
|||
|
sal.symbol = find_pc_sect_containing_function (sal.pc, sal.section);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return sal;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
symtab_and_line
|
|||
|
find_function_start_sal (symbol *sym, bool funfirstline)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
fixup_symbol_section (sym, NULL);
|
|||
|
symtab_and_line sal
|
|||
|
= find_function_start_sal_1 (sym->value_block ()->entry_pc (),
|
|||
|
sym->obj_section (sym->objfile ()),
|
|||
|
funfirstline);
|
|||
|
sal.symbol = sym;
|
|||
|
return sal;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Given a function start address FUNC_ADDR and SYMTAB, find the first
|
|||
|
address for that function that has an entry in SYMTAB's line info
|
|||
|
table. If such an entry cannot be found, return FUNC_ADDR
|
|||
|
unaltered. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static CORE_ADDR
|
|||
|
skip_prologue_using_lineinfo (CORE_ADDR func_addr, struct symtab *symtab)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR func_start, func_end;
|
|||
|
struct linetable *l;
|
|||
|
int i;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Give up if this symbol has no lineinfo table. */
|
|||
|
l = symtab->linetable ();
|
|||
|
if (l == NULL)
|
|||
|
return func_addr;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Get the range for the function's PC values, or give up if we
|
|||
|
cannot, for some reason. */
|
|||
|
if (!find_pc_partial_function (func_addr, NULL, &func_start, &func_end))
|
|||
|
return func_addr;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Linetable entries are ordered by PC values, see the commentary in
|
|||
|
symtab.h where `struct linetable' is defined. Thus, the first
|
|||
|
entry whose PC is in the range [FUNC_START..FUNC_END[ is the
|
|||
|
address we are looking for. */
|
|||
|
for (i = 0; i < l->nitems; i++)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct linetable_entry *item = &(l->item[i]);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Don't use line numbers of zero, they mark special entries in
|
|||
|
the table. See the commentary on symtab.h before the
|
|||
|
definition of struct linetable. */
|
|||
|
if (item->line > 0 && func_start <= item->pc && item->pc < func_end)
|
|||
|
return item->pc;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return func_addr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Try to locate the address where a breakpoint should be placed past the
|
|||
|
prologue of function starting at FUNC_ADDR using the line table.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Return the address associated with the first entry in the line-table for
|
|||
|
the function starting at FUNC_ADDR which has prologue_end set to true if
|
|||
|
such entry exist, otherwise return an empty optional. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gdb::optional<CORE_ADDR>
|
|||
|
skip_prologue_using_linetable (CORE_ADDR func_addr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR start_pc, end_pc;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!find_pc_partial_function (func_addr, nullptr, &start_pc, &end_pc))
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const struct symtab_and_line prologue_sal = find_pc_line (start_pc, 0);
|
|||
|
if (prologue_sal.symtab != nullptr
|
|||
|
&& prologue_sal.symtab->language () != language_asm)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct linetable *linetable = prologue_sal.symtab->linetable ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
auto it = std::lower_bound
|
|||
|
(linetable->item, linetable->item + linetable->nitems, start_pc,
|
|||
|
[] (const linetable_entry <e, CORE_ADDR pc) -> bool
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return lte.pc < pc;
|
|||
|
});
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (;
|
|||
|
it < linetable->item + linetable->nitems && it->pc <= end_pc;
|
|||
|
it++)
|
|||
|
if (it->prologue_end)
|
|||
|
return {it->pc};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
|
|||
|
If the PC was explicitly specified, the SAL is not changed.
|
|||
|
If the line number was explicitly specified then the SAL can still be
|
|||
|
updated, unless the language for SAL is assembler, in which case the SAL
|
|||
|
will be left unchanged.
|
|||
|
If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|||
|
struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR pc, saved_pc;
|
|||
|
struct obj_section *section;
|
|||
|
const char *name;
|
|||
|
struct objfile *objfile;
|
|||
|
struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
|
|||
|
const struct block *b, *function_block;
|
|||
|
int force_skip, skip;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Do not change the SAL if PC was specified explicitly. */
|
|||
|
if (sal->explicit_pc)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* In assembly code, if the user asks for a specific line then we should
|
|||
|
not adjust the SAL. The user already has instruction level
|
|||
|
visibility in this case, so selecting a line other than one requested
|
|||
|
is likely to be the wrong choice. */
|
|||
|
if (sal->symtab != nullptr
|
|||
|
&& sal->explicit_line
|
|||
|
&& sal->symtab->language () == language_asm)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sym = find_pc_sect_function (sal->pc, sal->section);
|
|||
|
if (sym != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
fixup_symbol_section (sym, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
objfile = sym->objfile ();
|
|||
|
pc = sym->value_block ()->entry_pc ();
|
|||
|
section = sym->obj_section (objfile);
|
|||
|
name = sym->linkage_name ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol
|
|||
|
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (sal->pc, sal->section);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (msymbol.minsym == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
objfile = msymbol.objfile;
|
|||
|
pc = msymbol.value_address ();
|
|||
|
section = msymbol.minsym->obj_section (objfile);
|
|||
|
name = msymbol.minsym->linkage_name ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdbarch = objfile->arch ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Process the prologue in two passes. In the first pass try to skip the
|
|||
|
prologue (SKIP is true) and verify there is a real need for it (indicated
|
|||
|
by FORCE_SKIP). If no such reason was found run a second pass where the
|
|||
|
prologue is not skipped (SKIP is false). */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
skip = 1;
|
|||
|
force_skip = 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Be conservative - allow direct PC (without skipping prologue) only if we
|
|||
|
have proven the CU (Compilation Unit) supports it. sal->SYMTAB does not
|
|||
|
have to be set by the caller so we use SYM instead. */
|
|||
|
if (sym != NULL
|
|||
|
&& sym->symtab ()->compunit ()->locations_valid ())
|
|||
|
force_skip = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
saved_pc = pc;
|
|||
|
do
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
pc = saved_pc;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check if the compiler explicitly indicated where a breakpoint should
|
|||
|
be placed to skip the prologue. */
|
|||
|
if (!ignore_prologue_end_flag && skip)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb::optional<CORE_ADDR> linetable_pc
|
|||
|
= skip_prologue_using_linetable (pc);
|
|||
|
if (linetable_pc)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
pc = *linetable_pc;
|
|||
|
start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0);
|
|||
|
force_skip = 1;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If the function is in an unmapped overlay, use its unmapped LMA address,
|
|||
|
so that gdbarch_skip_prologue has something unique to work on. */
|
|||
|
if (section_is_overlay (section) && !section_is_mapped (section))
|
|||
|
pc = overlay_unmapped_address (pc, section);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Skip "first line" of function (which is actually its prologue). */
|
|||
|
pc += gdbarch_deprecated_function_start_offset (gdbarch);
|
|||
|
if (gdbarch_skip_entrypoint_p (gdbarch))
|
|||
|
pc = gdbarch_skip_entrypoint (gdbarch, pc);
|
|||
|
if (skip)
|
|||
|
pc = gdbarch_skip_prologue_noexcept (gdbarch, pc);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* For overlays, map pc back into its mapped VMA range. */
|
|||
|
pc = overlay_mapped_address (pc, section);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Calculate line number. */
|
|||
|
start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check if gdbarch_skip_prologue left us in mid-line, and the next
|
|||
|
line is still part of the same function. */
|
|||
|
if (skip && start_sal.pc != pc
|
|||
|
&& (sym ? (sym->value_block ()->entry_pc () <= start_sal.end
|
|||
|
&& start_sal.end < sym->value_block()->end ())
|
|||
|
: (lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (start_sal.end, section).minsym
|
|||
|
== lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section).minsym)))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* First pc of next line */
|
|||
|
pc = start_sal.end;
|
|||
|
/* Recalculate the line number (might not be N+1). */
|
|||
|
start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* On targets with executable formats that don't have a concept of
|
|||
|
constructors (ELF with .init has, PE doesn't), gcc emits a call
|
|||
|
to `__main' in `main' between the prologue and before user
|
|||
|
code. */
|
|||
|
if (gdbarch_skip_main_prologue_p (gdbarch)
|
|||
|
&& name && strcmp_iw (name, "main") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
pc = gdbarch_skip_main_prologue (gdbarch, pc);
|
|||
|
/* Recalculate the line number (might not be N+1). */
|
|||
|
start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0);
|
|||
|
force_skip = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
while (!force_skip && skip--);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we still don't have a valid source line, try to find the first
|
|||
|
PC in the lineinfo table that belongs to the same function. This
|
|||
|
happens with COFF debug info, which does not seem to have an
|
|||
|
entry in lineinfo table for the code after the prologue which has
|
|||
|
no direct relation to source. For example, this was found to be
|
|||
|
the case with the DJGPP target using "gcc -gcoff" when the
|
|||
|
compiler inserted code after the prologue to make sure the stack
|
|||
|
is aligned. */
|
|||
|
if (!force_skip && sym && start_sal.symtab == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
pc = skip_prologue_using_lineinfo (pc, sym->symtab ());
|
|||
|
/* Recalculate the line number. */
|
|||
|
start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we're already past the prologue, leave SAL unchanged. Otherwise
|
|||
|
forward SAL to the end of the prologue. */
|
|||
|
if (sal->pc >= pc)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sal->pc = pc;
|
|||
|
sal->section = section;
|
|||
|
sal->symtab = start_sal.symtab;
|
|||
|
sal->line = start_sal.line;
|
|||
|
sal->end = start_sal.end;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check if we are now inside an inlined function. If we can,
|
|||
|
use the call site of the function instead. */
|
|||
|
b = block_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, sal->section);
|
|||
|
function_block = NULL;
|
|||
|
while (b != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (b->function () != NULL && block_inlined_p (b))
|
|||
|
function_block = b;
|
|||
|
else if (b->function () != NULL)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
b = b->superblock ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (function_block != NULL
|
|||
|
&& function_block->function ()->line () != 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sal->line = function_block->function ()->line ();
|
|||
|
sal->symtab = function_block->function ()->symtab ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Given PC at the function's start address, attempt to find the
|
|||
|
prologue end using SAL information. Return zero if the skip fails.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A non-optimized prologue traditionally has one SAL for the function
|
|||
|
and a second for the function body. A single line function has
|
|||
|
them both pointing at the same line.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
An optimized prologue is similar but the prologue may contain
|
|||
|
instructions (SALs) from the instruction body. Need to skip those
|
|||
|
while not getting into the function body.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The functions end point and an increasing SAL line are used as
|
|||
|
indicators of the prologue's endpoint.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This code is based on the function refine_prologue_limit
|
|||
|
(found in ia64). */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR
|
|||
|
skip_prologue_using_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR func_addr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symtab_and_line prologue_sal;
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR start_pc;
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR end_pc;
|
|||
|
const struct block *bl;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Get an initial range for the function. */
|
|||
|
find_pc_partial_function (func_addr, NULL, &start_pc, &end_pc);
|
|||
|
start_pc += gdbarch_deprecated_function_start_offset (gdbarch);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
prologue_sal = find_pc_line (start_pc, 0);
|
|||
|
if (prologue_sal.line != 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* For languages other than assembly, treat two consecutive line
|
|||
|
entries at the same address as a zero-instruction prologue.
|
|||
|
The GNU assembler emits separate line notes for each instruction
|
|||
|
in a multi-instruction macro, but compilers generally will not
|
|||
|
do this. */
|
|||
|
if (prologue_sal.symtab->language () != language_asm)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct linetable *linetable = prologue_sal.symtab->linetable ();
|
|||
|
int idx = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Skip any earlier lines, and any end-of-sequence marker
|
|||
|
from a previous function. */
|
|||
|
while (linetable->item[idx].pc != prologue_sal.pc
|
|||
|
|| linetable->item[idx].line == 0)
|
|||
|
idx++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (idx+1 < linetable->nitems
|
|||
|
&& linetable->item[idx+1].line != 0
|
|||
|
&& linetable->item[idx+1].pc == start_pc)
|
|||
|
return start_pc;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If there is only one sal that covers the entire function,
|
|||
|
then it is probably a single line function, like
|
|||
|
"foo(){}". */
|
|||
|
if (prologue_sal.end >= end_pc)
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (prologue_sal.end < end_pc)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symtab_and_line sal;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sal = find_pc_line (prologue_sal.end, 0);
|
|||
|
if (sal.line == 0)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
/* Assume that a consecutive SAL for the same (or larger)
|
|||
|
line mark the prologue -> body transition. */
|
|||
|
if (sal.line >= prologue_sal.line)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
/* Likewise if we are in a different symtab altogether
|
|||
|
(e.g. within a file included via #include). */
|
|||
|
if (sal.symtab != prologue_sal.symtab)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The line number is smaller. Check that it's from the
|
|||
|
same function, not something inlined. If it's inlined,
|
|||
|
then there is no point comparing the line numbers. */
|
|||
|
bl = block_for_pc (prologue_sal.end);
|
|||
|
while (bl)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (block_inlined_p (bl))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
if (bl->function ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
bl = NULL;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
bl = bl->superblock ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (bl != NULL)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The case in which compiler's optimizer/scheduler has
|
|||
|
moved instructions into the prologue. We look ahead in
|
|||
|
the function looking for address ranges whose
|
|||
|
corresponding line number is less the first one that we
|
|||
|
found for the function. This is more conservative then
|
|||
|
refine_prologue_limit which scans a large number of SALs
|
|||
|
looking for any in the prologue. */
|
|||
|
prologue_sal = sal;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (prologue_sal.end < end_pc)
|
|||
|
/* Return the end of this line, or zero if we could not find a
|
|||
|
line. */
|
|||
|
return prologue_sal.end;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
/* Don't return END_PC, which is past the end of the function. */
|
|||
|
return prologue_sal.pc;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
symbol *
|
|||
|
find_function_alias_target (bound_minimal_symbol msymbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR func_addr;
|
|||
|
if (!msymbol_is_function (msymbol.objfile, msymbol.minsym, &func_addr))
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
symbol *sym = find_pc_function (func_addr);
|
|||
|
if (sym != NULL
|
|||
|
&& sym->aclass () == LOC_BLOCK
|
|||
|
&& sym->value_block ()->entry_pc () == func_addr)
|
|||
|
return sym;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If P is of the form "operator[ \t]+..." where `...' is
|
|||
|
some legitimate operator text, return a pointer to the
|
|||
|
beginning of the substring of the operator text.
|
|||
|
Otherwise, return "". */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const char *
|
|||
|
operator_chars (const char *p, const char **end)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*end = "";
|
|||
|
if (!startswith (p, CP_OPERATOR_STR))
|
|||
|
return *end;
|
|||
|
p += CP_OPERATOR_LEN;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Don't get faked out by `operator' being part of a longer
|
|||
|
identifier. */
|
|||
|
if (isalpha (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '$' || *p == '\0')
|
|||
|
return *end;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Allow some whitespace between `operator' and the operator symbol. */
|
|||
|
while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
|
|||
|
p++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Recognize 'operator TYPENAME'. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (isalpha (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '$')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *q = p + 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (isalnum (*q) || *q == '_' || *q == '$')
|
|||
|
q++;
|
|||
|
*end = q;
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (*p)
|
|||
|
switch (*p)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case '\\': /* regexp quoting */
|
|||
|
if (p[1] == '*')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (p[2] == '=') /* 'operator\*=' */
|
|||
|
*end = p + 3;
|
|||
|
else /* 'operator\*' */
|
|||
|
*end = p + 2;
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (p[1] == '[')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (p[2] == ']')
|
|||
|
error (_("mismatched quoting on brackets, "
|
|||
|
"try 'operator\\[\\]'"));
|
|||
|
else if (p[2] == '\\' && p[3] == ']')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*end = p + 4; /* 'operator\[\]' */
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
error (_("nothing is allowed between '[' and ']'"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Gratuitous quote: skip it and move on. */
|
|||
|
p++;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case '!':
|
|||
|
case '=':
|
|||
|
case '*':
|
|||
|
case '/':
|
|||
|
case '%':
|
|||
|
case '^':
|
|||
|
if (p[1] == '=')
|
|||
|
*end = p + 2;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
*end = p + 1;
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
case '<':
|
|||
|
case '>':
|
|||
|
case '+':
|
|||
|
case '-':
|
|||
|
case '&':
|
|||
|
case '|':
|
|||
|
if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '>')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Struct pointer member operator 'operator->'. */
|
|||
|
if (p[2] == '*')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*end = p + 3; /* 'operator->*' */
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (p[2] == '\\')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*end = p + 4; /* Hopefully 'operator->\*' */
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*end = p + 2; /* 'operator->' */
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (p[1] == '=' || p[1] == p[0])
|
|||
|
*end = p + 2;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
*end = p + 1;
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
case '~':
|
|||
|
case ',':
|
|||
|
*end = p + 1;
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
case '(':
|
|||
|
if (p[1] != ')')
|
|||
|
error (_("`operator ()' must be specified "
|
|||
|
"without whitespace in `()'"));
|
|||
|
*end = p + 2;
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
case '?':
|
|||
|
if (p[1] != ':')
|
|||
|
error (_("`operator ?:' must be specified "
|
|||
|
"without whitespace in `?:'"));
|
|||
|
*end = p + 2;
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
case '[':
|
|||
|
if (p[1] != ']')
|
|||
|
error (_("`operator []' must be specified "
|
|||
|
"without whitespace in `[]'"));
|
|||
|
*end = p + 2;
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
error (_("`operator %s' not supported"), p);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*end = "";
|
|||
|
return *end;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See class declaration. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
info_sources_filter::info_sources_filter (match_on match_type,
|
|||
|
const char *regexp)
|
|||
|
: m_match_type (match_type),
|
|||
|
m_regexp (regexp)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Setup the compiled regular expression M_C_REGEXP based on M_REGEXP. */
|
|||
|
if (m_regexp != nullptr && *m_regexp != '\0')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (m_regexp != nullptr);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int cflags = REG_NOSUB;
|
|||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILE_SYSTEM
|
|||
|
cflags |= REG_ICASE;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
m_c_regexp.emplace (m_regexp, cflags, _("Invalid regexp"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See class declaration. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
info_sources_filter::matches (const char *fullname) const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Does it match regexp? */
|
|||
|
if (m_c_regexp.has_value ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *to_match;
|
|||
|
std::string dirname;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (m_match_type)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case match_on::DIRNAME:
|
|||
|
dirname = ldirname (fullname);
|
|||
|
to_match = dirname.c_str ();
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case match_on::BASENAME:
|
|||
|
to_match = lbasename (fullname);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case match_on::FULLNAME:
|
|||
|
to_match = fullname;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
gdb_assert_not_reached ("bad m_match_type");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (m_c_regexp->exec (to_match, 0, NULL, 0) != 0)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Data structure to maintain the state used for printing the results of
|
|||
|
the 'info sources' command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct output_source_filename_data
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Create an object for displaying the results of the 'info sources'
|
|||
|
command to UIOUT. FILTER must remain valid and unchanged for the
|
|||
|
lifetime of this object as this object retains a reference to FILTER. */
|
|||
|
output_source_filename_data (struct ui_out *uiout,
|
|||
|
const info_sources_filter &filter)
|
|||
|
: m_filter (filter),
|
|||
|
m_uiout (uiout)
|
|||
|
{ /* Nothing. */ }
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISABLE_COPY_AND_ASSIGN (output_source_filename_data);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reset enough state of this object so we can match against a new set of
|
|||
|
files. The existing regular expression is retained though. */
|
|||
|
void reset_output ()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
m_first = true;
|
|||
|
m_filename_seen_cache.clear ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Worker for sources_info, outputs the file name formatted for either
|
|||
|
cli or mi (based on the current_uiout). In cli mode displays
|
|||
|
FULLNAME with a comma separating this name from any previously
|
|||
|
printed name (line breaks are added at the comma). In MI mode
|
|||
|
outputs a tuple containing DISP_NAME (the files display name),
|
|||
|
FULLNAME, and EXPANDED_P (true when this file is from a fully
|
|||
|
expanded symtab, otherwise false). */
|
|||
|
void output (const char *disp_name, const char *fullname, bool expanded_p);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* An overload suitable for use as a callback to
|
|||
|
quick_symbol_functions::map_symbol_filenames. */
|
|||
|
void operator() (const char *filename, const char *fullname)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* The false here indicates that this file is from an unexpanded
|
|||
|
symtab. */
|
|||
|
output (filename, fullname, false);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return true if at least one filename has been printed (after a call to
|
|||
|
output) since either this object was created, or the last call to
|
|||
|
reset_output. */
|
|||
|
bool printed_filename_p () const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return !m_first;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
private:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Flag of whether we're printing the first one. */
|
|||
|
bool m_first = true;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Cache of what we've seen so far. */
|
|||
|
filename_seen_cache m_filename_seen_cache;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* How source filename should be filtered. */
|
|||
|
const info_sources_filter &m_filter;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The object to which output is sent. */
|
|||
|
struct ui_out *m_uiout;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See comment in class declaration above. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
output_source_filename_data::output (const char *disp_name,
|
|||
|
const char *fullname,
|
|||
|
bool expanded_p)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Since a single source file can result in several partial symbol
|
|||
|
tables, we need to avoid printing it more than once. Note: if
|
|||
|
some of the psymtabs are read in and some are not, it gets
|
|||
|
printed both under "Source files for which symbols have been
|
|||
|
read" and "Source files for which symbols will be read in on
|
|||
|
demand". I consider this a reasonable way to deal with the
|
|||
|
situation. I'm not sure whether this can also happen for
|
|||
|
symtabs; it doesn't hurt to check. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Was NAME already seen? If so, then don't print it again. */
|
|||
|
if (m_filename_seen_cache.seen (fullname))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If the filter rejects this file then don't print it. */
|
|||
|
if (!m_filter.matches (fullname))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ui_out_emit_tuple ui_emitter (m_uiout, nullptr);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Print it and reset *FIRST. */
|
|||
|
if (!m_first)
|
|||
|
m_uiout->text (", ");
|
|||
|
m_first = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
m_uiout->wrap_hint (0);
|
|||
|
if (m_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
m_uiout->field_string ("file", disp_name, file_name_style.style ());
|
|||
|
if (fullname != nullptr)
|
|||
|
m_uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname,
|
|||
|
file_name_style.style ());
|
|||
|
m_uiout->field_string ("debug-fully-read",
|
|||
|
(expanded_p ? "true" : "false"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (fullname == nullptr)
|
|||
|
fullname = disp_name;
|
|||
|
m_uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname,
|
|||
|
file_name_style.style ());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* For the 'info sources' command, what part of the file names should we be
|
|||
|
matching the user supplied regular expression against? */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct filename_partial_match_opts
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Only match the directory name part. */
|
|||
|
bool dirname = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Only match the basename part. */
|
|||
|
bool basename = false;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
using isrc_flag_option_def
|
|||
|
= gdb::option::flag_option_def<filename_partial_match_opts>;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const gdb::option::option_def info_sources_option_defs[] = {
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
isrc_flag_option_def {
|
|||
|
"dirname",
|
|||
|
[] (filename_partial_match_opts *opts) { return &opts->dirname; },
|
|||
|
N_("Show only the files having a dirname matching REGEXP."),
|
|||
|
},
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
isrc_flag_option_def {
|
|||
|
"basename",
|
|||
|
[] (filename_partial_match_opts *opts) { return &opts->basename; },
|
|||
|
N_("Show only the files having a basename matching REGEXP."),
|
|||
|
},
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Create an option_def_group for the "info sources" options, with
|
|||
|
ISRC_OPTS as context. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static inline gdb::option::option_def_group
|
|||
|
make_info_sources_options_def_group (filename_partial_match_opts *isrc_opts)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return {{info_sources_option_defs}, isrc_opts};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Completer for "info sources". */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
info_sources_command_completer (cmd_list_element *ignore,
|
|||
|
completion_tracker &tracker,
|
|||
|
const char *text, const char *word)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const auto group = make_info_sources_options_def_group (nullptr);
|
|||
|
if (gdb::option::complete_options
|
|||
|
(tracker, &text, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, group))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
info_sources_worker (struct ui_out *uiout,
|
|||
|
bool group_by_objfile,
|
|||
|
const info_sources_filter &filter)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
output_source_filename_data data (uiout, filter);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ui_out_emit_list results_emitter (uiout, "files");
|
|||
|
gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> output_tuple;
|
|||
|
gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_list> sources_list;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (group_by_objfile || uiout->is_mi_like_p ());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (group_by_objfile)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
output_tuple.emplace (uiout, nullptr);
|
|||
|
uiout->field_string ("filename", objfile_name (objfile),
|
|||
|
file_name_style.style ());
|
|||
|
uiout->text (":\n");
|
|||
|
bool debug_fully_readin = !objfile->has_unexpanded_symtabs ();
|
|||
|
if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *debug_info_state;
|
|||
|
if (objfile_has_symbols (objfile))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (debug_fully_readin)
|
|||
|
debug_info_state = "fully-read";
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
debug_info_state = "partially-read";
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
debug_info_state = "none";
|
|||
|
current_uiout->field_string ("debug-info", debug_info_state);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!debug_fully_readin)
|
|||
|
uiout->text ("(Full debug information has not yet been read "
|
|||
|
"for this file.)\n");
|
|||
|
if (!objfile_has_symbols (objfile))
|
|||
|
uiout->text ("(Objfile has no debug information.)\n");
|
|||
|
uiout->text ("\n");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
sources_list.emplace (uiout, "sources");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (compunit_symtab *cu : objfile->compunits ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (symtab *s : cu->filetabs ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *file = symtab_to_filename_for_display (s);
|
|||
|
const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (s);
|
|||
|
data.output (file, fullname, true);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (group_by_objfile)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
objfile->map_symbol_filenames (data, true /* need_fullname */);
|
|||
|
if (data.printed_filename_p ())
|
|||
|
uiout->text ("\n\n");
|
|||
|
data.reset_output ();
|
|||
|
sources_list.reset ();
|
|||
|
output_tuple.reset ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!group_by_objfile)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
data.reset_output ();
|
|||
|
map_symbol_filenames (data, true /*need_fullname*/);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Implement the 'info sources' command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
info_sources_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ())
|
|||
|
error (_("No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command."));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
filename_partial_match_opts match_opts;
|
|||
|
auto group = make_info_sources_options_def_group (&match_opts);
|
|||
|
gdb::option::process_options
|
|||
|
(&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR, group);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (match_opts.dirname && match_opts.basename)
|
|||
|
error (_("You cannot give both -basename and -dirname to 'info sources'."));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *regex = nullptr;
|
|||
|
if (args != NULL && *args != '\000')
|
|||
|
regex = args;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if ((match_opts.dirname || match_opts.basename) && regex == nullptr)
|
|||
|
error (_("Missing REGEXP for 'info sources'."));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
info_sources_filter::match_on match_type;
|
|||
|
if (match_opts.dirname)
|
|||
|
match_type = info_sources_filter::match_on::DIRNAME;
|
|||
|
else if (match_opts.basename)
|
|||
|
match_type = info_sources_filter::match_on::BASENAME;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
match_type = info_sources_filter::match_on::FULLNAME;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
info_sources_filter filter (match_type, regex);
|
|||
|
info_sources_worker (current_uiout, true, filter);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Compare FILE against all the entries of FILENAMES. If BASENAMES is
|
|||
|
true compare only lbasename of FILENAMES. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static bool
|
|||
|
file_matches (const char *file, const std::vector<const char *> &filenames,
|
|||
|
bool basenames)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (filenames.empty ())
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (const char *name : filenames)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
name = (basenames ? lbasename (name) : name);
|
|||
|
if (compare_filenames_for_search (file, name))
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Helper function for std::sort on symbol_search objects. Can only sort
|
|||
|
symbols, not minimal symbols. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
symbol_search::compare_search_syms (const symbol_search &sym_a,
|
|||
|
const symbol_search &sym_b)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int c;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = FILENAME_CMP (sym_a.symbol->symtab ()->filename,
|
|||
|
sym_b.symbol->symtab ()->filename);
|
|||
|
if (c != 0)
|
|||
|
return c;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (sym_a.block != sym_b.block)
|
|||
|
return sym_a.block - sym_b.block;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return strcmp (sym_a.symbol->print_name (), sym_b.symbol->print_name ());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Returns true if the type_name of symbol_type of SYM matches TREG.
|
|||
|
If SYM has no symbol_type or symbol_name, returns false. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
treg_matches_sym_type_name (const compiled_regex &treg,
|
|||
|
const struct symbol *sym)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct type *sym_type;
|
|||
|
std::string printed_sym_type_name;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
"treg_matches_sym_type_name\n sym %s\n",
|
|||
|
sym->natural_name ());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sym_type = sym->type ();
|
|||
|
if (sym_type == NULL)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
scoped_switch_to_sym_language_if_auto l (sym);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
printed_sym_type_name = type_to_string (sym_type);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
|
|||
|
" sym_type_name %s\n",
|
|||
|
printed_sym_type_name.c_str ());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (printed_sym_type_name.empty ())
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return treg.exec (printed_sym_type_name.c_str (), 0, NULL, 0) == 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
global_symbol_searcher::is_suitable_msymbol
|
|||
|
(const enum search_domain kind, const minimal_symbol *msymbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (msymbol->type ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case mst_data:
|
|||
|
case mst_bss:
|
|||
|
case mst_file_data:
|
|||
|
case mst_file_bss:
|
|||
|
return kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN;
|
|||
|
case mst_text:
|
|||
|
case mst_file_text:
|
|||
|
case mst_solib_trampoline:
|
|||
|
case mst_text_gnu_ifunc:
|
|||
|
return kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
global_symbol_searcher::expand_symtabs
|
|||
|
(objfile *objfile, const gdb::optional<compiled_regex> &preg) const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
enum search_domain kind = m_kind;
|
|||
|
bool found_msymbol = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
auto do_file_match = [&] (const char *filename, bool basenames)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return file_matches (filename, filenames, basenames);
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
gdb::function_view<expand_symtabs_file_matcher_ftype> file_matcher = nullptr;
|
|||
|
if (!filenames.empty ())
|
|||
|
file_matcher = do_file_match;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
objfile->expand_symtabs_matching
|
|||
|
(file_matcher,
|
|||
|
&lookup_name_info::match_any (),
|
|||
|
[&] (const char *symname)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return (!preg.has_value ()
|
|||
|
|| preg->exec (symname, 0, NULL, 0) == 0);
|
|||
|
},
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
SEARCH_GLOBAL_BLOCK | SEARCH_STATIC_BLOCK,
|
|||
|
UNDEF_DOMAIN,
|
|||
|
kind);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Here, we search through the minimal symbol tables for functions and
|
|||
|
variables that match, and force their symbols to be read. This is in
|
|||
|
particular necessary for demangled variable names, which are no longer
|
|||
|
put into the partial symbol tables. The symbol will then be found
|
|||
|
during the scan of symtabs later.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For functions, find_pc_symtab should succeed if we have debug info for
|
|||
|
the function, for variables we have to call
|
|||
|
lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name to determine if the
|
|||
|
variable has debug info. If the lookup fails, set found_msymbol so
|
|||
|
that we will rescan to print any matching symbols without debug info.
|
|||
|
We only search the objfile the msymbol came from, we no longer search
|
|||
|
all objfiles. In large programs (1000s of shared libs) searching all
|
|||
|
objfiles is not worth the pain. */
|
|||
|
if (filenames.empty ()
|
|||
|
&& (kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN || kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (minimal_symbol *msymbol : objfile->msymbols ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
QUIT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (msymbol->created_by_gdb)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (is_suitable_msymbol (kind, msymbol))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!preg.has_value ()
|
|||
|
|| preg->exec (msymbol->natural_name (), 0,
|
|||
|
NULL, 0) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* An important side-effect of these lookup functions is
|
|||
|
to expand the symbol table if msymbol is found, later
|
|||
|
in the process we will add matching symbols or
|
|||
|
msymbols to the results list, and that requires that
|
|||
|
the symbols tables are expanded. */
|
|||
|
if (kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
? (find_pc_compunit_symtab
|
|||
|
(msymbol->value_address (objfile)) == NULL)
|
|||
|
: (lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name
|
|||
|
(objfile, msymbol->linkage_name (),
|
|||
|
VAR_DOMAIN)
|
|||
|
.symbol == NULL))
|
|||
|
found_msymbol = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return found_msymbol;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
global_symbol_searcher::add_matching_symbols
|
|||
|
(objfile *objfile,
|
|||
|
const gdb::optional<compiled_regex> &preg,
|
|||
|
const gdb::optional<compiled_regex> &treg,
|
|||
|
std::set<symbol_search> *result_set) const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
enum search_domain kind = m_kind;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Add matching symbols (if not already present). */
|
|||
|
for (compunit_symtab *cust : objfile->compunits ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const struct blockvector *bv = cust->blockvector ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (block_enum block : { GLOBAL_BLOCK, STATIC_BLOCK })
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct block_iterator iter;
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|||
|
const struct block *b = bv->block (block);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symtab *real_symtab = sym->symtab ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QUIT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check first sole REAL_SYMTAB->FILENAME. It does
|
|||
|
not need to be a substring of symtab_to_fullname as
|
|||
|
it may contain "./" etc. */
|
|||
|
if ((file_matches (real_symtab->filename, filenames, false)
|
|||
|
|| ((basenames_may_differ
|
|||
|
|| file_matches (lbasename (real_symtab->filename),
|
|||
|
filenames, true))
|
|||
|
&& file_matches (symtab_to_fullname (real_symtab),
|
|||
|
filenames, false)))
|
|||
|
&& ((!preg.has_value ()
|
|||
|
|| preg->exec (sym->natural_name (), 0,
|
|||
|
NULL, 0) == 0)
|
|||
|
&& ((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
&& sym->aclass () != LOC_TYPEDEF
|
|||
|
&& sym->aclass () != LOC_UNRESOLVED
|
|||
|
&& sym->aclass () != LOC_BLOCK
|
|||
|
/* LOC_CONST can be used for more than
|
|||
|
just enums, e.g., c++ static const
|
|||
|
members. We only want to skip enums
|
|||
|
here. */
|
|||
|
&& !(sym->aclass () == LOC_CONST
|
|||
|
&& (sym->type ()->code ()
|
|||
|
== TYPE_CODE_ENUM))
|
|||
|
&& (!treg.has_value ()
|
|||
|
|| treg_matches_sym_type_name (*treg, sym)))
|
|||
|
|| (kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
&& sym->aclass () == LOC_BLOCK
|
|||
|
&& (!treg.has_value ()
|
|||
|
|| treg_matches_sym_type_name (*treg,
|
|||
|
sym)))
|
|||
|
|| (kind == TYPES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
&& sym->aclass () == LOC_TYPEDEF
|
|||
|
&& sym->domain () != MODULE_DOMAIN)
|
|||
|
|| (kind == MODULES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
&& sym->domain () == MODULE_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
&& sym->line () != 0))))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (result_set->size () < m_max_search_results)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Match, insert if not already in the results. */
|
|||
|
symbol_search ss (block, sym);
|
|||
|
if (result_set->find (ss) == result_set->end ())
|
|||
|
result_set->insert (ss);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
global_symbol_searcher::add_matching_msymbols
|
|||
|
(objfile *objfile, const gdb::optional<compiled_regex> &preg,
|
|||
|
std::vector<symbol_search> *results) const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
enum search_domain kind = m_kind;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (minimal_symbol *msymbol : objfile->msymbols ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
QUIT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (msymbol->created_by_gdb)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (is_suitable_msymbol (kind, msymbol))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!preg.has_value ()
|
|||
|
|| preg->exec (msymbol->natural_name (), 0,
|
|||
|
NULL, 0) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* For functions we can do a quick check of whether the
|
|||
|
symbol might be found via find_pc_symtab. */
|
|||
|
if (kind != FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
|| (find_pc_compunit_symtab
|
|||
|
(msymbol->value_address (objfile)) == NULL))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name
|
|||
|
(objfile, msymbol->linkage_name (),
|
|||
|
VAR_DOMAIN).symbol == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Matching msymbol, add it to the results list. */
|
|||
|
if (results->size () < m_max_search_results)
|
|||
|
results->emplace_back (GLOBAL_BLOCK, msymbol, objfile);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
std::vector<symbol_search>
|
|||
|
global_symbol_searcher::search () const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb::optional<compiled_regex> preg;
|
|||
|
gdb::optional<compiled_regex> treg;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (m_kind != ALL_DOMAIN);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (m_symbol_name_regexp != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *symbol_name_regexp = m_symbol_name_regexp;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Make sure spacing is right for C++ operators.
|
|||
|
This is just a courtesy to make the matching less sensitive
|
|||
|
to how many spaces the user leaves between 'operator'
|
|||
|
and <TYPENAME> or <OPERATOR>. */
|
|||
|
const char *opend;
|
|||
|
const char *opname = operator_chars (symbol_name_regexp, &opend);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (*opname)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int fix = -1; /* -1 means ok; otherwise number of
|
|||
|
spaces needed. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (isalpha (*opname) || *opname == '_' || *opname == '$')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* There should 1 space between 'operator' and 'TYPENAME'. */
|
|||
|
if (opname[-1] != ' ' || opname[-2] == ' ')
|
|||
|
fix = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* There should 0 spaces between 'operator' and 'OPERATOR'. */
|
|||
|
if (opname[-1] == ' ')
|
|||
|
fix = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* If wrong number of spaces, fix it. */
|
|||
|
if (fix >= 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *tmp = (char *) alloca (8 + fix + strlen (opname) + 1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sprintf (tmp, "operator%.*s%s", fix, " ", opname);
|
|||
|
symbol_name_regexp = tmp;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int cflags = REG_NOSUB | (case_sensitivity == case_sensitive_off
|
|||
|
? REG_ICASE : 0);
|
|||
|
preg.emplace (symbol_name_regexp, cflags,
|
|||
|
_("Invalid regexp"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (m_symbol_type_regexp != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int cflags = REG_NOSUB | (case_sensitivity == case_sensitive_off
|
|||
|
? REG_ICASE : 0);
|
|||
|
treg.emplace (m_symbol_type_regexp, cflags,
|
|||
|
_("Invalid regexp"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool found_msymbol = false;
|
|||
|
std::set<symbol_search> result_set;
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Expand symtabs within objfile that possibly contain matching
|
|||
|
symbols. */
|
|||
|
found_msymbol |= expand_symtabs (objfile, preg);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find matching symbols within OBJFILE and add them in to the
|
|||
|
RESULT_SET set. Use a set here so that we can easily detect
|
|||
|
duplicates as we go, and can therefore track how many unique
|
|||
|
matches we have found so far. */
|
|||
|
if (!add_matching_symbols (objfile, preg, treg, &result_set))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Convert the result set into a sorted result list, as std::set is
|
|||
|
defined to be sorted then no explicit call to std::sort is needed. */
|
|||
|
std::vector<symbol_search> result (result_set.begin (), result_set.end ());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If there are no debug symbols, then add matching minsyms. But if the
|
|||
|
user wants to see symbols matching a type regexp, then never give a
|
|||
|
minimal symbol, as we assume that a minimal symbol does not have a
|
|||
|
type. */
|
|||
|
if ((found_msymbol || (filenames.empty () && m_kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN))
|
|||
|
&& !m_exclude_minsyms
|
|||
|
&& !treg.has_value ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (m_kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN || m_kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN);
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
if (!add_matching_msymbols (objfile, preg, &result))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
std::string
|
|||
|
symbol_to_info_string (struct symbol *sym, int block,
|
|||
|
enum search_domain kind)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
std::string str;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (block == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block == STATIC_BLOCK);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (kind != TYPES_DOMAIN && block == STATIC_BLOCK)
|
|||
|
str += "static ";
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Typedef that is not a C++ class. */
|
|||
|
if (kind == TYPES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
&& sym->domain () != STRUCT_DOMAIN)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
string_file tmp_stream;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* FIXME: For C (and C++) we end up with a difference in output here
|
|||
|
between how a typedef is printed, and non-typedefs are printed.
|
|||
|
The TYPEDEF_PRINT code places a ";" at the end in an attempt to
|
|||
|
appear C-like, while TYPE_PRINT doesn't.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For the struct printing case below, things are worse, we force
|
|||
|
printing of the ";" in this function, which is going to be wrong
|
|||
|
for languages that don't require a ";" between statements. */
|
|||
|
if (sym->type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF)
|
|||
|
typedef_print (sym->type (), sym, &tmp_stream);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
type_print (sym->type (), "", &tmp_stream, -1);
|
|||
|
str += tmp_stream.string ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* variable, func, or typedef-that-is-c++-class. */
|
|||
|
else if (kind < TYPES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
|| (kind == TYPES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
&& sym->domain () == STRUCT_DOMAIN))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
string_file tmp_stream;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
type_print (sym->type (),
|
|||
|
(sym->aclass () == LOC_TYPEDEF
|
|||
|
? "" : sym->print_name ()),
|
|||
|
&tmp_stream, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
str += tmp_stream.string ();
|
|||
|
str += ";";
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* Printing of modules is currently done here, maybe at some future
|
|||
|
point we might want a language specific method to print the module
|
|||
|
symbol so that we can customise the output more. */
|
|||
|
else if (kind == MODULES_DOMAIN)
|
|||
|
str += sym->print_name ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return str;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Helper function for symbol info commands, for example 'info functions',
|
|||
|
'info variables', etc. KIND is the kind of symbol we searched for, and
|
|||
|
BLOCK is the type of block the symbols was found in, either GLOBAL_BLOCK
|
|||
|
or STATIC_BLOCK. SYM is the symbol we found. If LAST is not NULL,
|
|||
|
print file and line number information for the symbol as well. Skip
|
|||
|
printing the filename if it matches LAST. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
print_symbol_info (enum search_domain kind,
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym,
|
|||
|
int block, const char *last)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
scoped_switch_to_sym_language_if_auto l (sym);
|
|||
|
struct symtab *s = sym->symtab ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (last != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *s_filename = symtab_to_filename_for_display (s);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (filename_cmp (last, s_filename) != 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (_("\nFile %ps:\n"),
|
|||
|
styled_string (file_name_style.style (),
|
|||
|
s_filename));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (sym->line () != 0)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf ("%d:\t", sym->line ());
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gdb_puts ("\t");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
std::string str = symbol_to_info_string (sym, block, kind);
|
|||
|
gdb_printf ("%s\n", str.c_str ());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This help function for symtab_symbol_info() prints information
|
|||
|
for non-debugging symbols to gdb_stdout. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
print_msymbol_info (struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = msymbol.objfile->arch ();
|
|||
|
char *tmp;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gdbarch_addr_bit (gdbarch) <= 32)
|
|||
|
tmp = hex_string_custom (msymbol.value_address ()
|
|||
|
& (CORE_ADDR) 0xffffffff,
|
|||
|
8);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
tmp = hex_string_custom (msymbol.value_address (),
|
|||
|
16);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ui_file_style sym_style = (msymbol.minsym->text_p ()
|
|||
|
? function_name_style.style ()
|
|||
|
: ui_file_style ());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (_("%ps %ps\n"),
|
|||
|
styled_string (address_style.style (), tmp),
|
|||
|
styled_string (sym_style, msymbol.minsym->print_name ()));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This is the guts of the commands "info functions", "info types", and
|
|||
|
"info variables". It calls search_symbols to find all matches and then
|
|||
|
print_[m]symbol_info to print out some useful information about the
|
|||
|
matches. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
symtab_symbol_info (bool quiet, bool exclude_minsyms,
|
|||
|
const char *regexp, enum search_domain kind,
|
|||
|
const char *t_regexp, int from_tty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static const char * const classnames[] =
|
|||
|
{"variable", "function", "type", "module"};
|
|||
|
const char *last_filename = "";
|
|||
|
int first = 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (kind != ALL_DOMAIN);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (regexp != nullptr && *regexp == '\0')
|
|||
|
regexp = nullptr;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
global_symbol_searcher spec (kind, regexp);
|
|||
|
spec.set_symbol_type_regexp (t_regexp);
|
|||
|
spec.set_exclude_minsyms (exclude_minsyms);
|
|||
|
std::vector<symbol_search> symbols = spec.search ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!quiet)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (regexp != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (t_regexp != NULL)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf
|
|||
|
(_("All %ss matching regular expression \"%s\""
|
|||
|
" with type matching regular expression \"%s\":\n"),
|
|||
|
classnames[kind], regexp, t_regexp);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (_("All %ss matching regular expression \"%s\":\n"),
|
|||
|
classnames[kind], regexp);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (t_regexp != NULL)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf
|
|||
|
(_("All defined %ss"
|
|||
|
" with type matching regular expression \"%s\" :\n"),
|
|||
|
classnames[kind], t_regexp);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (_("All defined %ss:\n"), classnames[kind]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (const symbol_search &p : symbols)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
QUIT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (p.msymbol.minsym != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (first)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!quiet)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (_("\nNon-debugging symbols:\n"));
|
|||
|
first = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
print_msymbol_info (p.msymbol);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
print_symbol_info (kind,
|
|||
|
p.symbol,
|
|||
|
p.block,
|
|||
|
last_filename);
|
|||
|
last_filename
|
|||
|
= symtab_to_filename_for_display (p.symbol->symtab ());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Structure to hold the values of the options used by the 'info variables'
|
|||
|
and 'info functions' commands. These correspond to the -q, -t, and -n
|
|||
|
options. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct info_vars_funcs_options
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
bool quiet = false;
|
|||
|
bool exclude_minsyms = false;
|
|||
|
std::string type_regexp;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The options used by the 'info variables' and 'info functions'
|
|||
|
commands. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const gdb::option::option_def info_vars_funcs_options_defs[] = {
|
|||
|
gdb::option::boolean_option_def<info_vars_funcs_options> {
|
|||
|
"q",
|
|||
|
[] (info_vars_funcs_options *opt) { return &opt->quiet; },
|
|||
|
nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */
|
|||
|
nullptr /* set_doc */
|
|||
|
},
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb::option::boolean_option_def<info_vars_funcs_options> {
|
|||
|
"n",
|
|||
|
[] (info_vars_funcs_options *opt) { return &opt->exclude_minsyms; },
|
|||
|
nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */
|
|||
|
nullptr /* set_doc */
|
|||
|
},
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb::option::string_option_def<info_vars_funcs_options> {
|
|||
|
"t",
|
|||
|
[] (info_vars_funcs_options *opt) { return &opt->type_regexp; },
|
|||
|
nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */
|
|||
|
nullptr /* set_doc */
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Returns the option group used by 'info variables' and 'info
|
|||
|
functions'. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gdb::option::option_def_group
|
|||
|
make_info_vars_funcs_options_def_group (info_vars_funcs_options *opts)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return {{info_vars_funcs_options_defs}, opts};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Command completer for 'info variables' and 'info functions'. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
info_vars_funcs_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element *ignore,
|
|||
|
completion_tracker &tracker,
|
|||
|
const char *text, const char * /* word */)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const auto group
|
|||
|
= make_info_vars_funcs_options_def_group (nullptr);
|
|||
|
if (gdb::option::complete_options
|
|||
|
(tracker, &text, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, group))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *word = advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker, text);
|
|||
|
symbol_completer (ignore, tracker, text, word);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Implement the 'info variables' command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
info_variables_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
info_vars_funcs_options opts;
|
|||
|
auto grp = make_info_vars_funcs_options_def_group (&opts);
|
|||
|
gdb::option::process_options
|
|||
|
(&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp);
|
|||
|
if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0')
|
|||
|
args = nullptr;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
symtab_symbol_info
|
|||
|
(opts.quiet, opts.exclude_minsyms, args, VARIABLES_DOMAIN,
|
|||
|
opts.type_regexp.empty () ? nullptr : opts.type_regexp.c_str (),
|
|||
|
from_tty);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Implement the 'info functions' command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
info_functions_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
info_vars_funcs_options opts;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
auto grp = make_info_vars_funcs_options_def_group (&opts);
|
|||
|
gdb::option::process_options
|
|||
|
(&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp);
|
|||
|
if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0')
|
|||
|
args = nullptr;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
symtab_symbol_info
|
|||
|
(opts.quiet, opts.exclude_minsyms, args, FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN,
|
|||
|
opts.type_regexp.empty () ? nullptr : opts.type_regexp.c_str (),
|
|||
|
from_tty);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Holds the -q option for the 'info types' command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct info_types_options
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
bool quiet = false;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The options used by the 'info types' command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const gdb::option::option_def info_types_options_defs[] = {
|
|||
|
gdb::option::boolean_option_def<info_types_options> {
|
|||
|
"q",
|
|||
|
[] (info_types_options *opt) { return &opt->quiet; },
|
|||
|
nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */
|
|||
|
nullptr /* set_doc */
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Returns the option group used by 'info types'. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gdb::option::option_def_group
|
|||
|
make_info_types_options_def_group (info_types_options *opts)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return {{info_types_options_defs}, opts};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Implement the 'info types' command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
info_types_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
info_types_options opts;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
auto grp = make_info_types_options_def_group (&opts);
|
|||
|
gdb::option::process_options
|
|||
|
(&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp);
|
|||
|
if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0')
|
|||
|
args = nullptr;
|
|||
|
symtab_symbol_info (opts.quiet, false, args, TYPES_DOMAIN, NULL, from_tty);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Command completer for 'info types' command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
info_types_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element *ignore,
|
|||
|
completion_tracker &tracker,
|
|||
|
const char *text, const char * /* word */)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const auto group
|
|||
|
= make_info_types_options_def_group (nullptr);
|
|||
|
if (gdb::option::complete_options
|
|||
|
(tracker, &text, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, group))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *word = advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker, text);
|
|||
|
symbol_completer (ignore, tracker, text, word);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Implement the 'info modules' command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
info_modules_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
info_types_options opts;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
auto grp = make_info_types_options_def_group (&opts);
|
|||
|
gdb::option::process_options
|
|||
|
(&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp);
|
|||
|
if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0')
|
|||
|
args = nullptr;
|
|||
|
symtab_symbol_info (opts.quiet, true, args, MODULES_DOMAIN, NULL,
|
|||
|
from_tty);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
rbreak_command (const char *regexp, int from_tty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
std::string string;
|
|||
|
const char *file_name = nullptr;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (regexp != nullptr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *colon = strchr (regexp, ':');
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Ignore the colon if it is part of a Windows drive. */
|
|||
|
if (HAS_DRIVE_SPEC (regexp)
|
|||
|
&& (regexp[2] == '/' || regexp[2] == '\\'))
|
|||
|
colon = strchr (STRIP_DRIVE_SPEC (regexp), ':');
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (colon && *(colon + 1) != ':')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int colon_index;
|
|||
|
char *local_name;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
colon_index = colon - regexp;
|
|||
|
local_name = (char *) alloca (colon_index + 1);
|
|||
|
memcpy (local_name, regexp, colon_index);
|
|||
|
local_name[colon_index--] = 0;
|
|||
|
while (isspace (local_name[colon_index]))
|
|||
|
local_name[colon_index--] = 0;
|
|||
|
file_name = local_name;
|
|||
|
regexp = skip_spaces (colon + 1);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
global_symbol_searcher spec (FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN, regexp);
|
|||
|
if (file_name != nullptr)
|
|||
|
spec.filenames.push_back (file_name);
|
|||
|
std::vector<symbol_search> symbols = spec.search ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
scoped_rbreak_breakpoints finalize;
|
|||
|
for (const symbol_search &p : symbols)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (p.msymbol.minsym == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symtab *symtab = p.symbol->symtab ();
|
|||
|
const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (symtab);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
string = string_printf ("%s:'%s'", fullname,
|
|||
|
p.symbol->linkage_name ());
|
|||
|
break_command (&string[0], from_tty);
|
|||
|
print_symbol_info (FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN, p.symbol, p.block, NULL);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
string = string_printf ("'%s'",
|
|||
|
p.msymbol.minsym->linkage_name ());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
break_command (&string[0], from_tty);
|
|||
|
gdb_printf ("<function, no debug info> %s;\n",
|
|||
|
p.msymbol.minsym->print_name ());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Evaluate if SYMNAME matches LOOKUP_NAME. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
compare_symbol_name (const char *symbol_name, language symbol_language,
|
|||
|
const lookup_name_info &lookup_name,
|
|||
|
completion_match_result &match_res)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const language_defn *lang = language_def (symbol_language);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
symbol_name_matcher_ftype *name_match
|
|||
|
= lang->get_symbol_name_matcher (lookup_name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return name_match (symbol_name, lookup_name, &match_res);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_name (completion_tracker &tracker,
|
|||
|
language symbol_language,
|
|||
|
const char *symname,
|
|||
|
const lookup_name_info &lookup_name,
|
|||
|
const char *text, const char *word)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
completion_match_result &match_res
|
|||
|
= tracker.reset_completion_match_result ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Clip symbols that cannot match. */
|
|||
|
if (!compare_symbol_name (symname, symbol_language, lookup_name, match_res))
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Refresh SYMNAME from the match string. It's potentially
|
|||
|
different depending on language. (E.g., on Ada, the match may be
|
|||
|
the encoded symbol name wrapped in "<>"). */
|
|||
|
symname = match_res.match.match ();
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (symname != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We have a match for a completion, so add SYMNAME to the current list
|
|||
|
of matches. Note that the name is moved to freshly malloc'd space. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> completion
|
|||
|
= make_completion_match_str (symname, text, word);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Here we pass the match-for-lcd object to add_completion. Some
|
|||
|
languages match the user text against substrings of symbol
|
|||
|
names in some cases. E.g., in C++, "b push_ba" completes to
|
|||
|
"std::vector::push_back", "std::string::push_back", etc., and
|
|||
|
in this case we want the completion lowest common denominator
|
|||
|
to be "push_back" instead of "std::". */
|
|||
|
tracker.add_completion (std::move (completion),
|
|||
|
&match_res.match_for_lcd, text, word);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* completion_list_add_name wrapper for struct symbol. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_symbol (completion_tracker &tracker,
|
|||
|
symbol *sym,
|
|||
|
const lookup_name_info &lookup_name,
|
|||
|
const char *text, const char *word)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!completion_list_add_name (tracker, sym->language (),
|
|||
|
sym->natural_name (),
|
|||
|
lookup_name, text, word))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* C++ function symbols include the parameters within both the msymbol
|
|||
|
name and the symbol name. The problem is that the msymbol name will
|
|||
|
describe the parameters in the most basic way, with typedefs stripped
|
|||
|
out, while the symbol name will represent the types as they appear in
|
|||
|
the program. This means we will see duplicate entries in the
|
|||
|
completion tracker. The following converts the symbol name back to
|
|||
|
the msymbol name and removes the msymbol name from the completion
|
|||
|
tracker. */
|
|||
|
if (sym->language () == language_cplus
|
|||
|
&& sym->domain () == VAR_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
&& sym->aclass () == LOC_BLOCK)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* The call to canonicalize returns the empty string if the input
|
|||
|
string is already in canonical form, thanks to this we don't
|
|||
|
remove the symbol we just added above. */
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> str
|
|||
|
= cp_canonicalize_string_no_typedefs (sym->natural_name ());
|
|||
|
if (str != nullptr)
|
|||
|
tracker.remove_completion (str.get ());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* completion_list_add_name wrapper for struct minimal_symbol. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_msymbol (completion_tracker &tracker,
|
|||
|
minimal_symbol *sym,
|
|||
|
const lookup_name_info &lookup_name,
|
|||
|
const char *text, const char *word)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_name (tracker, sym->language (),
|
|||
|
sym->natural_name (),
|
|||
|
lookup_name, text, word);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* ObjC: In case we are completing on a selector, look as the msymbol
|
|||
|
again and feed all the selectors into the mill. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
completion_list_objc_symbol (completion_tracker &tracker,
|
|||
|
struct minimal_symbol *msymbol,
|
|||
|
const lookup_name_info &lookup_name,
|
|||
|
const char *text, const char *word)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static char *tmp = NULL;
|
|||
|
static unsigned int tmplen = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *method, *category, *selector;
|
|||
|
char *tmp2 = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
method = msymbol->natural_name ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Is it a method? */
|
|||
|
if ((method[0] != '-') && (method[0] != '+'))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (text[0] == '[')
|
|||
|
/* Complete on shortened method method. */
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_objc,
|
|||
|
method + 1,
|
|||
|
lookup_name,
|
|||
|
text, word);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while ((strlen (method) + 1) >= tmplen)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (tmplen == 0)
|
|||
|
tmplen = 1024;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
tmplen *= 2;
|
|||
|
tmp = (char *) xrealloc (tmp, tmplen);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
selector = strchr (method, ' ');
|
|||
|
if (selector != NULL)
|
|||
|
selector++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
category = strchr (method, '(');
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if ((category != NULL) && (selector != NULL))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
memcpy (tmp, method, (category - method));
|
|||
|
tmp[category - method] = ' ';
|
|||
|
memcpy (tmp + (category - method) + 1, selector, strlen (selector) + 1);
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_objc, tmp,
|
|||
|
lookup_name, text, word);
|
|||
|
if (text[0] == '[')
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_objc, tmp + 1,
|
|||
|
lookup_name, text, word);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (selector != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Complete on selector only. */
|
|||
|
strcpy (tmp, selector);
|
|||
|
tmp2 = strchr (tmp, ']');
|
|||
|
if (tmp2 != NULL)
|
|||
|
*tmp2 = '\0';
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_objc, tmp,
|
|||
|
lookup_name, text, word);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Break the non-quoted text based on the characters which are in
|
|||
|
symbols. FIXME: This should probably be language-specific. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const char *
|
|||
|
language_search_unquoted_string (const char *text, const char *p)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (; p > text; --p)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (isalnum (p[-1]) || p[-1] == '_' || p[-1] == '\0')
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if ((current_language->la_language == language_objc))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (p[-1] == ':') /* Might be part of a method name. */
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
else if (p[-1] == '[' && (p[-2] == '-' || p[-2] == '+'))
|
|||
|
p -= 2; /* Beginning of a method name. */
|
|||
|
else if (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '(' || p[-1] == ')')
|
|||
|
{ /* Might be part of a method name. */
|
|||
|
const char *t = p;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Seeing a ' ' or a '(' is not conclusive evidence
|
|||
|
that we are in the middle of a method name. However,
|
|||
|
finding "-[" or "+[" should be pretty un-ambiguous.
|
|||
|
Unfortunately we have to find it now to decide. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (t > text)
|
|||
|
if (isalnum (t[-1]) || t[-1] == '_' ||
|
|||
|
t[-1] == ' ' || t[-1] == ':' ||
|
|||
|
t[-1] == '(' || t[-1] == ')')
|
|||
|
--t;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (t[-1] == '[' && (t[-2] == '-' || t[-2] == '+'))
|
|||
|
p = t - 2; /* Method name detected. */
|
|||
|
/* Else we leave with p unchanged. */
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_fields (completion_tracker &tracker,
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym,
|
|||
|
const lookup_name_info &lookup_name,
|
|||
|
const char *text, const char *word)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (sym->aclass () == LOC_TYPEDEF)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct type *t = sym->type ();
|
|||
|
enum type_code c = t->code ();
|
|||
|
int j;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (c == TYPE_CODE_UNION || c == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
|
|||
|
for (j = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (t); j < t->num_fields (); j++)
|
|||
|
if (t->field (j).name ())
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_name (tracker, sym->language (),
|
|||
|
t->field (j).name (),
|
|||
|
lookup_name, text, word);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
symbol_is_function_or_method (symbol *sym)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (sym->type ()->code ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case TYPE_CODE_FUNC:
|
|||
|
case TYPE_CODE_METHOD:
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
symbol_is_function_or_method (minimal_symbol *msymbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (msymbol->type ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case mst_text:
|
|||
|
case mst_text_gnu_ifunc:
|
|||
|
case mst_solib_trampoline:
|
|||
|
case mst_file_text:
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bound_minimal_symbol
|
|||
|
find_gnu_ifunc (const symbol *sym)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (sym->aclass () != LOC_BLOCK)
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
lookup_name_info lookup_name (sym->search_name (),
|
|||
|
symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME);
|
|||
|
struct objfile *objfile = sym->objfile ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR address = sym->value_block ()->entry_pc ();
|
|||
|
minimal_symbol *ifunc = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
iterate_over_minimal_symbols (objfile, lookup_name,
|
|||
|
[&] (minimal_symbol *minsym)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (minsym->type () == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
|
|||
|
|| minsym->type () == mst_data_gnu_ifunc)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR msym_addr = minsym->value_address (objfile);
|
|||
|
if (minsym->type () == mst_data_gnu_ifunc)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch ();
|
|||
|
msym_addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr
|
|||
|
(gdbarch, msym_addr, current_inferior ()->top_target ());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (msym_addr == address)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
ifunc = minsym;
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
});
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (ifunc != NULL)
|
|||
|
return {ifunc, objfile};
|
|||
|
return {};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Add matching symbols from SYMTAB to the current completion list. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
add_symtab_completions (struct compunit_symtab *cust,
|
|||
|
completion_tracker &tracker,
|
|||
|
complete_symbol_mode mode,
|
|||
|
const lookup_name_info &lookup_name,
|
|||
|
const char *text, const char *word,
|
|||
|
enum type_code code)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|||
|
struct block_iterator iter;
|
|||
|
int i;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (cust == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (i = GLOBAL_BLOCK; i <= STATIC_BLOCK; i++)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
QUIT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const struct block *b = cust->blockvector ()->block (i);
|
|||
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (completion_skip_symbol (mode, sym))
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF
|
|||
|
|| (sym->domain () == STRUCT_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
&& sym->type ()->code () == code))
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_symbol (tracker, sym,
|
|||
|
lookup_name,
|
|||
|
text, word);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
default_collect_symbol_completion_matches_break_on
|
|||
|
(completion_tracker &tracker, complete_symbol_mode mode,
|
|||
|
symbol_name_match_type name_match_type,
|
|||
|
const char *text, const char *word,
|
|||
|
const char *break_on, enum type_code code)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Problem: All of the symbols have to be copied because readline
|
|||
|
frees them. I'm not going to worry about this; hopefully there
|
|||
|
won't be that many. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|||
|
const struct block *b;
|
|||
|
const struct block *surrounding_static_block, *surrounding_global_block;
|
|||
|
struct block_iterator iter;
|
|||
|
/* The symbol we are completing on. Points in same buffer as text. */
|
|||
|
const char *sym_text;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now look for the symbol we are supposed to complete on. */
|
|||
|
if (mode == complete_symbol_mode::LINESPEC)
|
|||
|
sym_text = text;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *p;
|
|||
|
char quote_found;
|
|||
|
const char *quote_pos = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* First see if this is a quoted string. */
|
|||
|
quote_found = '\0';
|
|||
|
for (p = text; *p != '\0'; ++p)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (quote_found != '\0')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (*p == quote_found)
|
|||
|
/* Found close quote. */
|
|||
|
quote_found = '\0';
|
|||
|
else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == quote_found)
|
|||
|
/* A backslash followed by the quote character
|
|||
|
doesn't end the string. */
|
|||
|
++p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (*p == '\'' || *p == '"')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
quote_found = *p;
|
|||
|
quote_pos = p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (quote_found == '\'')
|
|||
|
/* A string within single quotes can be a symbol, so complete on it. */
|
|||
|
sym_text = quote_pos + 1;
|
|||
|
else if (quote_found == '"')
|
|||
|
/* A double-quoted string is never a symbol, nor does it make sense
|
|||
|
to complete it any other way. */
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* It is not a quoted string. Break it based on the characters
|
|||
|
which are in symbols. */
|
|||
|
while (p > text)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (isalnum (p[-1]) || p[-1] == '_' || p[-1] == '\0'
|
|||
|
|| p[-1] == ':' || strchr (break_on, p[-1]) != NULL)
|
|||
|
--p;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
sym_text = p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
lookup_name_info lookup_name (sym_text, name_match_type, true);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* At this point scan through the misc symbol vectors and add each
|
|||
|
symbol you find to the list. Eventually we want to ignore
|
|||
|
anything that isn't a text symbol (everything else will be
|
|||
|
handled by the psymtab code below). */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (minimal_symbol *msymbol : objfile->msymbols ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
QUIT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (completion_skip_symbol (mode, msymbol))
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_msymbol (tracker, msymbol, lookup_name,
|
|||
|
sym_text, word);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
completion_list_objc_symbol (tracker, msymbol, lookup_name,
|
|||
|
sym_text, word);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Add completions for all currently loaded symbol tables. */
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (compunit_symtab *cust : objfile->compunits ())
|
|||
|
add_symtab_completions (cust, tracker, mode, lookup_name,
|
|||
|
sym_text, word, code);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Look through the partial symtabs for all symbols which begin by
|
|||
|
matching SYM_TEXT. Expand all CUs that you find to the list. */
|
|||
|
expand_symtabs_matching (NULL,
|
|||
|
lookup_name,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
[&] (compunit_symtab *symtab) /* expansion notify */
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
add_symtab_completions (symtab,
|
|||
|
tracker, mode, lookup_name,
|
|||
|
sym_text, word, code);
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
},
|
|||
|
SEARCH_GLOBAL_BLOCK | SEARCH_STATIC_BLOCK,
|
|||
|
ALL_DOMAIN);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can
|
|||
|
complete on local vars). Also catch fields of types defined in
|
|||
|
this places which match our text string. Only complete on types
|
|||
|
visible from current context. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
b = get_selected_block (0);
|
|||
|
surrounding_static_block = block_static_block (b);
|
|||
|
surrounding_global_block = block_global_block (b);
|
|||
|
if (surrounding_static_block != NULL)
|
|||
|
while (b != surrounding_static_block)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
QUIT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_symbol (tracker, sym, lookup_name,
|
|||
|
sym_text, word);
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_fields (tracker, sym, lookup_name,
|
|||
|
sym_text, word);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (sym->domain () == STRUCT_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
&& sym->type ()->code () == code)
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_symbol (tracker, sym, lookup_name,
|
|||
|
sym_text, word);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Stop when we encounter an enclosing function. Do not stop for
|
|||
|
non-inlined functions - the locals of the enclosing function
|
|||
|
are in scope for a nested function. */
|
|||
|
if (b->function () != NULL && block_inlined_p (b))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
b = b->superblock ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Add fields from the file's types; symbols will be added below. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (surrounding_static_block != NULL)
|
|||
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (surrounding_static_block, iter, sym)
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_fields (tracker, sym, lookup_name,
|
|||
|
sym_text, word);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (surrounding_global_block != NULL)
|
|||
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (surrounding_global_block, iter, sym)
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_fields (tracker, sym, lookup_name,
|
|||
|
sym_text, word);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Skip macros if we are completing a struct tag -- arguable but
|
|||
|
usually what is expected. */
|
|||
|
if (current_language->macro_expansion () == macro_expansion_c
|
|||
|
&& code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<struct macro_scope> scope;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This adds a macro's name to the current completion list. */
|
|||
|
auto add_macro_name = [&] (const char *macro_name,
|
|||
|
const macro_definition *,
|
|||
|
macro_source_file *,
|
|||
|
int)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_c, macro_name,
|
|||
|
lookup_name, sym_text, word);
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Add any macros visible in the default scope. Note that this
|
|||
|
may yield the occasional wrong result, because an expression
|
|||
|
might be evaluated in a scope other than the default. For
|
|||
|
example, if the user types "break file:line if <TAB>", the
|
|||
|
resulting expression will be evaluated at "file:line" -- but
|
|||
|
at there does not seem to be a way to detect this at
|
|||
|
completion time. */
|
|||
|
scope = default_macro_scope ();
|
|||
|
if (scope)
|
|||
|
macro_for_each_in_scope (scope->file, scope->line,
|
|||
|
add_macro_name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* User-defined macros are always visible. */
|
|||
|
macro_for_each (macro_user_macros, add_macro_name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Collect all symbols (regardless of class) which begin by matching
|
|||
|
TEXT. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
collect_symbol_completion_matches (completion_tracker &tracker,
|
|||
|
complete_symbol_mode mode,
|
|||
|
symbol_name_match_type name_match_type,
|
|||
|
const char *text, const char *word)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
current_language->collect_symbol_completion_matches (tracker, mode,
|
|||
|
name_match_type,
|
|||
|
text, word,
|
|||
|
TYPE_CODE_UNDEF);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Like collect_symbol_completion_matches, but only collect
|
|||
|
STRUCT_DOMAIN symbols whose type code is CODE. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
collect_symbol_completion_matches_type (completion_tracker &tracker,
|
|||
|
const char *text, const char *word,
|
|||
|
enum type_code code)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
complete_symbol_mode mode = complete_symbol_mode::EXPRESSION;
|
|||
|
symbol_name_match_type name_match_type = symbol_name_match_type::EXPRESSION;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (code == TYPE_CODE_UNION
|
|||
|
|| code == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
|||
|
|| code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM);
|
|||
|
current_language->collect_symbol_completion_matches (tracker, mode,
|
|||
|
name_match_type,
|
|||
|
text, word, code);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Like collect_symbol_completion_matches, but collects a list of
|
|||
|
symbols defined in all source files named SRCFILE. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
collect_file_symbol_completion_matches (completion_tracker &tracker,
|
|||
|
complete_symbol_mode mode,
|
|||
|
symbol_name_match_type name_match_type,
|
|||
|
const char *text, const char *word,
|
|||
|
const char *srcfile)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* The symbol we are completing on. Points in same buffer as text. */
|
|||
|
const char *sym_text;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now look for the symbol we are supposed to complete on.
|
|||
|
FIXME: This should be language-specific. */
|
|||
|
if (mode == complete_symbol_mode::LINESPEC)
|
|||
|
sym_text = text;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *p;
|
|||
|
char quote_found;
|
|||
|
const char *quote_pos = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* First see if this is a quoted string. */
|
|||
|
quote_found = '\0';
|
|||
|
for (p = text; *p != '\0'; ++p)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (quote_found != '\0')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (*p == quote_found)
|
|||
|
/* Found close quote. */
|
|||
|
quote_found = '\0';
|
|||
|
else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == quote_found)
|
|||
|
/* A backslash followed by the quote character
|
|||
|
doesn't end the string. */
|
|||
|
++p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (*p == '\'' || *p == '"')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
quote_found = *p;
|
|||
|
quote_pos = p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (quote_found == '\'')
|
|||
|
/* A string within single quotes can be a symbol, so complete on it. */
|
|||
|
sym_text = quote_pos + 1;
|
|||
|
else if (quote_found == '"')
|
|||
|
/* A double-quoted string is never a symbol, nor does it make sense
|
|||
|
to complete it any other way. */
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Not a quoted string. */
|
|||
|
sym_text = language_search_unquoted_string (text, p);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
lookup_name_info lookup_name (sym_text, name_match_type, true);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Go through symtabs for SRCFILE and check the externs and statics
|
|||
|
for symbols which match. */
|
|||
|
iterate_over_symtabs (srcfile, [&] (symtab *s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
add_symtab_completions (s->compunit (),
|
|||
|
tracker, mode, lookup_name,
|
|||
|
sym_text, word, TYPE_CODE_UNDEF);
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
});
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* A helper function for make_source_files_completion_list. It adds
|
|||
|
another file name to a list of possible completions, growing the
|
|||
|
list as necessary. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
add_filename_to_list (const char *fname, const char *text, const char *word,
|
|||
|
completion_list *list)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
list->emplace_back (make_completion_match_str (fname, text, word));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
not_interesting_fname (const char *fname)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static const char *illegal_aliens[] = {
|
|||
|
"_globals_", /* inserted by coff_symtab_read */
|
|||
|
NULL
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
int i;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (i = 0; illegal_aliens[i]; i++)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (filename_cmp (fname, illegal_aliens[i]) == 0)
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* An object of this type is passed as the callback argument to
|
|||
|
map_partial_symbol_filenames. */
|
|||
|
struct add_partial_filename_data
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct filename_seen_cache *filename_seen_cache;
|
|||
|
const char *text;
|
|||
|
const char *word;
|
|||
|
int text_len;
|
|||
|
completion_list *list;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void operator() (const char *filename, const char *fullname);
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* A callback for map_partial_symbol_filenames. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
add_partial_filename_data::operator() (const char *filename,
|
|||
|
const char *fullname)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (not_interesting_fname (filename))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
if (!filename_seen_cache->seen (filename)
|
|||
|
&& filename_ncmp (filename, text, text_len) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* This file matches for a completion; add it to the
|
|||
|
current list of matches. */
|
|||
|
add_filename_to_list (filename, text, word, list);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *base_name = lbasename (filename);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (base_name != filename
|
|||
|
&& !filename_seen_cache->seen (base_name)
|
|||
|
&& filename_ncmp (base_name, text, text_len) == 0)
|
|||
|
add_filename_to_list (base_name, text, word, list);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return a list of all source files whose names begin with matching
|
|||
|
TEXT. The file names are looked up in the symbol tables of this
|
|||
|
program. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
completion_list
|
|||
|
make_source_files_completion_list (const char *text, const char *word)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
size_t text_len = strlen (text);
|
|||
|
completion_list list;
|
|||
|
const char *base_name;
|
|||
|
struct add_partial_filename_data datum;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ())
|
|||
|
return list;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
filename_seen_cache filenames_seen;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (compunit_symtab *cu : objfile->compunits ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (symtab *s : cu->filetabs ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (not_interesting_fname (s->filename))
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
if (!filenames_seen.seen (s->filename)
|
|||
|
&& filename_ncmp (s->filename, text, text_len) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* This file matches for a completion; add it to the current
|
|||
|
list of matches. */
|
|||
|
add_filename_to_list (s->filename, text, word, &list);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* NOTE: We allow the user to type a base name when the
|
|||
|
debug info records leading directories, but not the other
|
|||
|
way around. This is what subroutines of breakpoint
|
|||
|
command do when they parse file names. */
|
|||
|
base_name = lbasename (s->filename);
|
|||
|
if (base_name != s->filename
|
|||
|
&& !filenames_seen.seen (base_name)
|
|||
|
&& filename_ncmp (base_name, text, text_len) == 0)
|
|||
|
add_filename_to_list (base_name, text, word, &list);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
datum.filename_seen_cache = &filenames_seen;
|
|||
|
datum.text = text;
|
|||
|
datum.word = word;
|
|||
|
datum.text_len = text_len;
|
|||
|
datum.list = &list;
|
|||
|
map_symbol_filenames (datum, false /*need_fullname*/);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return list;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Track MAIN */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return the "main_info" object for the current program space. If
|
|||
|
the object has not yet been created, create it and fill in some
|
|||
|
default values. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct main_info *
|
|||
|
get_main_info (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct main_info *info = main_progspace_key.get (current_program_space);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (info == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* It may seem strange to store the main name in the progspace
|
|||
|
and also in whatever objfile happens to see a main name in
|
|||
|
its debug info. The reason for this is mainly historical:
|
|||
|
gdb returned "main" as the name even if no function named
|
|||
|
"main" was defined the program; and this approach lets us
|
|||
|
keep compatibility. */
|
|||
|
info = main_progspace_key.emplace (current_program_space);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return info;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
set_main_name (const char *name, enum language lang)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct main_info *info = get_main_info ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (info->name_of_main != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
xfree (info->name_of_main);
|
|||
|
info->name_of_main = NULL;
|
|||
|
info->language_of_main = language_unknown;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (name != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
info->name_of_main = xstrdup (name);
|
|||
|
info->language_of_main = lang;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Deduce the name of the main procedure, and set NAME_OF_MAIN
|
|||
|
accordingly. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
find_main_name (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *new_main_name;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* First check the objfiles to see whether a debuginfo reader has
|
|||
|
picked up the appropriate main name. Historically the main name
|
|||
|
was found in a more or less random way; this approach instead
|
|||
|
relies on the order of objfile creation -- which still isn't
|
|||
|
guaranteed to get the correct answer, but is just probably more
|
|||
|
accurate. */
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (objfile->per_bfd->name_of_main != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
set_main_name (objfile->per_bfd->name_of_main,
|
|||
|
objfile->per_bfd->language_of_main);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Try to see if the main procedure is in Ada. */
|
|||
|
/* FIXME: brobecker/2005-03-07: Another way of doing this would
|
|||
|
be to add a new method in the language vector, and call this
|
|||
|
method for each language until one of them returns a non-empty
|
|||
|
name. This would allow us to remove this hard-coded call to
|
|||
|
an Ada function. It is not clear that this is a better approach
|
|||
|
at this point, because all methods need to be written in a way
|
|||
|
such that false positives never be returned. For instance, it is
|
|||
|
important that a method does not return a wrong name for the main
|
|||
|
procedure if the main procedure is actually written in a different
|
|||
|
language. It is easy to guaranty this with Ada, since we use a
|
|||
|
special symbol generated only when the main in Ada to find the name
|
|||
|
of the main procedure. It is difficult however to see how this can
|
|||
|
be guarantied for languages such as C, for instance. This suggests
|
|||
|
that order of call for these methods becomes important, which means
|
|||
|
a more complicated approach. */
|
|||
|
new_main_name = ada_main_name ();
|
|||
|
if (new_main_name != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
set_main_name (new_main_name, language_ada);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
new_main_name = d_main_name ();
|
|||
|
if (new_main_name != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
set_main_name (new_main_name, language_d);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
new_main_name = go_main_name ();
|
|||
|
if (new_main_name != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
set_main_name (new_main_name, language_go);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
new_main_name = pascal_main_name ();
|
|||
|
if (new_main_name != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
set_main_name (new_main_name, language_pascal);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The languages above didn't identify the name of the main procedure.
|
|||
|
Fallback to "main". */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Try to find language for main in psymtabs. */
|
|||
|
enum language lang
|
|||
|
= find_quick_global_symbol_language ("main", VAR_DOMAIN);
|
|||
|
if (lang != language_unknown)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
set_main_name ("main", lang);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
set_main_name ("main", language_unknown);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
main_name ()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct main_info *info = get_main_info ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (info->name_of_main == NULL)
|
|||
|
find_main_name ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return info->name_of_main;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return the language of the main function. If it is not known,
|
|||
|
return language_unknown. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
enum language
|
|||
|
main_language (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct main_info *info = get_main_info ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (info->name_of_main == NULL)
|
|||
|
find_main_name ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return info->language_of_main;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle ``executable_changed'' events for the symtab module. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
symtab_observer_executable_changed (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* NAME_OF_MAIN may no longer be the same, so reset it for now. */
|
|||
|
set_main_name (NULL, language_unknown);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return 1 if the supplied producer string matches the ARM RealView
|
|||
|
compiler (armcc). */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
producer_is_realview (const char *producer)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static const char *const arm_idents[] = {
|
|||
|
"ARM C Compiler, ADS",
|
|||
|
"Thumb C Compiler, ADS",
|
|||
|
"ARM C++ Compiler, ADS",
|
|||
|
"Thumb C++ Compiler, ADS",
|
|||
|
"ARM/Thumb C/C++ Compiler, RVCT",
|
|||
|
"ARM C/C++ Compiler, RVCT"
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (producer == NULL)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (const char *ident : arm_idents)
|
|||
|
if (startswith (producer, ident))
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The next index to hand out in response to a registration request. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int next_aclass_value = LOC_FINAL_VALUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The maximum number of "aclass" registrations we support. This is
|
|||
|
constant for convenience. */
|
|||
|
#define MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS (LOC_FINAL_VALUE + 10)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The objects representing the various "aclass" values. The elements
|
|||
|
from 0 up to LOC_FINAL_VALUE-1 represent themselves, and subsequent
|
|||
|
elements are those registered at gdb initialization time. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct symbol_impl symbol_impl[MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS];
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The globally visible pointer. This is separate from 'symbol_impl'
|
|||
|
so that it can be const. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb::array_view<const struct symbol_impl> symbol_impls (symbol_impl);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Make sure we saved enough room in struct symbol. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_static_assert (MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS <= (1 << SYMBOL_ACLASS_BITS));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Register a computed symbol type. ACLASS must be LOC_COMPUTED. OPS
|
|||
|
is the ops vector associated with this index. This returns the new
|
|||
|
index, which should be used as the aclass_index field for symbols
|
|||
|
of this type. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
register_symbol_computed_impl (enum address_class aclass,
|
|||
|
const struct symbol_computed_ops *ops)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int result = next_aclass_value++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (aclass == LOC_COMPUTED);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (result < MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS);
|
|||
|
symbol_impl[result].aclass = aclass;
|
|||
|
symbol_impl[result].ops_computed = ops;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Sanity check OPS. */
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (ops->tracepoint_var_ref != NULL);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (ops->describe_location != NULL);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (ops->get_symbol_read_needs != NULL);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (ops->read_variable != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Register a function with frame base type. ACLASS must be LOC_BLOCK.
|
|||
|
OPS is the ops vector associated with this index. This returns the
|
|||
|
new index, which should be used as the aclass_index field for symbols
|
|||
|
of this type. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
register_symbol_block_impl (enum address_class aclass,
|
|||
|
const struct symbol_block_ops *ops)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int result = next_aclass_value++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (aclass == LOC_BLOCK);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (result < MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS);
|
|||
|
symbol_impl[result].aclass = aclass;
|
|||
|
symbol_impl[result].ops_block = ops;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Sanity check OPS. */
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (ops->find_frame_base_location != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Register a register symbol type. ACLASS must be LOC_REGISTER or
|
|||
|
LOC_REGPARM_ADDR. OPS is the register ops vector associated with
|
|||
|
this index. This returns the new index, which should be used as
|
|||
|
the aclass_index field for symbols of this type. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
register_symbol_register_impl (enum address_class aclass,
|
|||
|
const struct symbol_register_ops *ops)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int result = next_aclass_value++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (aclass == LOC_REGISTER || aclass == LOC_REGPARM_ADDR);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (result < MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS);
|
|||
|
symbol_impl[result].aclass = aclass;
|
|||
|
symbol_impl[result].ops_register = ops;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Initialize elements of 'symbol_impl' for the constants in enum
|
|||
|
address_class. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
initialize_ordinary_address_classes (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int i;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (i = 0; i < LOC_FINAL_VALUE; ++i)
|
|||
|
symbol_impl[i].aclass = (enum address_class) i;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct objfile *
|
|||
|
symbol::objfile () const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (is_objfile_owned ());
|
|||
|
return owner.symtab->compunit ()->objfile ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct gdbarch *
|
|||
|
symbol::arch () const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!is_objfile_owned ())
|
|||
|
return owner.arch;
|
|||
|
return owner.symtab->compunit ()->objfile ()->arch ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct symtab *
|
|||
|
symbol::symtab () const
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (is_objfile_owned ());
|
|||
|
return owner.symtab;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
symbol::set_symtab (struct symtab *symtab)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (is_objfile_owned ());
|
|||
|
owner.symtab = symtab;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR
|
|||
|
get_symbol_address (const struct symbol *sym)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (sym->maybe_copied);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (sym->aclass () == LOC_STATIC);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *linkage_name = sym->linkage_name ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink != nullptr)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bound_minimal_symbol minsym
|
|||
|
= lookup_minimal_symbol_linkage (linkage_name, objfile);
|
|||
|
if (minsym.minsym != nullptr)
|
|||
|
return minsym.value_address ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return sym->m_value.address;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CORE_ADDR
|
|||
|
get_msymbol_address (struct objfile *objf, const struct minimal_symbol *minsym)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (minsym->maybe_copied);
|
|||
|
gdb_assert ((objf->flags & OBJF_MAINLINE) == 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *linkage_name = minsym->linkage_name ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink == nullptr
|
|||
|
&& (objfile->flags & OBJF_MAINLINE) != 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
bound_minimal_symbol found
|
|||
|
= lookup_minimal_symbol_linkage (linkage_name, objfile);
|
|||
|
if (found.minsym != nullptr)
|
|||
|
return found.value_address ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return (minsym->m_value.address
|
|||
|
+ objf->section_offsets[minsym->section_index ()]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Hold the sub-commands of 'info module'. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct cmd_list_element *info_module_cmdlist = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* See symtab.h. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
std::vector<module_symbol_search>
|
|||
|
search_module_symbols (const char *module_regexp, const char *regexp,
|
|||
|
const char *type_regexp, search_domain kind)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
std::vector<module_symbol_search> results;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Search for all modules matching MODULE_REGEXP. */
|
|||
|
global_symbol_searcher spec1 (MODULES_DOMAIN, module_regexp);
|
|||
|
spec1.set_exclude_minsyms (true);
|
|||
|
std::vector<symbol_search> modules = spec1.search ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now search for all symbols of the required KIND matching the required
|
|||
|
regular expressions. We figure out which ones are in which modules
|
|||
|
below. */
|
|||
|
global_symbol_searcher spec2 (kind, regexp);
|
|||
|
spec2.set_symbol_type_regexp (type_regexp);
|
|||
|
spec2.set_exclude_minsyms (true);
|
|||
|
std::vector<symbol_search> symbols = spec2.search ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now iterate over all MODULES, checking to see which items from
|
|||
|
SYMBOLS are in each module. */
|
|||
|
for (const symbol_search &p : modules)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
QUIT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This is a module. */
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (p.symbol != nullptr);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
std::string prefix = p.symbol->print_name ();
|
|||
|
prefix += "::";
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (const symbol_search &q : symbols)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (q.symbol == nullptr)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strncmp (q.symbol->print_name (), prefix.c_str (),
|
|||
|
prefix.size ()) != 0)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
results.push_back ({p, q});
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return results;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Implement the core of both 'info module functions' and 'info module
|
|||
|
variables'. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
info_module_subcommand (bool quiet, const char *module_regexp,
|
|||
|
const char *regexp, const char *type_regexp,
|
|||
|
search_domain kind)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Print a header line. Don't build the header line bit by bit as this
|
|||
|
prevents internationalisation. */
|
|||
|
if (!quiet)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (module_regexp == nullptr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (type_regexp == nullptr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (regexp == nullptr)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf ((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
? _("All variables in all modules:")
|
|||
|
: _("All functions in all modules:")));
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gdb_printf
|
|||
|
((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
? _("All variables matching regular expression"
|
|||
|
" \"%s\" in all modules:")
|
|||
|
: _("All functions matching regular expression"
|
|||
|
" \"%s\" in all modules:")),
|
|||
|
regexp);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (regexp == nullptr)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf
|
|||
|
((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
? _("All variables with type matching regular "
|
|||
|
"expression \"%s\" in all modules:")
|
|||
|
: _("All functions with type matching regular "
|
|||
|
"expression \"%s\" in all modules:")),
|
|||
|
type_regexp);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gdb_printf
|
|||
|
((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
? _("All variables matching regular expression "
|
|||
|
"\"%s\",\n\twith type matching regular "
|
|||
|
"expression \"%s\" in all modules:")
|
|||
|
: _("All functions matching regular expression "
|
|||
|
"\"%s\",\n\twith type matching regular "
|
|||
|
"expression \"%s\" in all modules:")),
|
|||
|
regexp, type_regexp);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (type_regexp == nullptr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (regexp == nullptr)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf
|
|||
|
((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
? _("All variables in all modules matching regular "
|
|||
|
"expression \"%s\":")
|
|||
|
: _("All functions in all modules matching regular "
|
|||
|
"expression \"%s\":")),
|
|||
|
module_regexp);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gdb_printf
|
|||
|
((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
? _("All variables matching regular expression "
|
|||
|
"\"%s\",\n\tin all modules matching regular "
|
|||
|
"expression \"%s\":")
|
|||
|
: _("All functions matching regular expression "
|
|||
|
"\"%s\",\n\tin all modules matching regular "
|
|||
|
"expression \"%s\":")),
|
|||
|
regexp, module_regexp);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (regexp == nullptr)
|
|||
|
gdb_printf
|
|||
|
((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
? _("All variables with type matching regular "
|
|||
|
"expression \"%s\"\n\tin all modules matching "
|
|||
|
"regular expression \"%s\":")
|
|||
|
: _("All functions with type matching regular "
|
|||
|
"expression \"%s\"\n\tin all modules matching "
|
|||
|
"regular expression \"%s\":")),
|
|||
|
type_regexp, module_regexp);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gdb_printf
|
|||
|
((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN
|
|||
|
? _("All variables matching regular expression "
|
|||
|
"\"%s\",\n\twith type matching regular expression "
|
|||
|
"\"%s\",\n\tin all modules matching regular "
|
|||
|
"expression \"%s\":")
|
|||
|
: _("All functions matching regular expression "
|
|||
|
"\"%s\",\n\twith type matching regular expression "
|
|||
|
"\"%s\",\n\tin all modules matching regular "
|
|||
|
"expression \"%s\":")),
|
|||
|
regexp, type_regexp, module_regexp);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
gdb_printf ("\n");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find all symbols of type KIND matching the given regular expressions
|
|||
|
along with the symbols for the modules in which those symbols
|
|||
|
reside. */
|
|||
|
std::vector<module_symbol_search> module_symbols
|
|||
|
= search_module_symbols (module_regexp, regexp, type_regexp, kind);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
std::sort (module_symbols.begin (), module_symbols.end (),
|
|||
|
[] (const module_symbol_search &a, const module_symbol_search &b)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (a.first < b.first)
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
else if (a.first == b.first)
|
|||
|
return a.second < b.second;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
});
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *last_filename = "";
|
|||
|
const symbol *last_module_symbol = nullptr;
|
|||
|
for (const module_symbol_search &ms : module_symbols)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const symbol_search &p = ms.first;
|
|||
|
const symbol_search &q = ms.second;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb_assert (q.symbol != nullptr);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (last_module_symbol != p.symbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gdb_printf ("\n");
|
|||
|
gdb_printf (_("Module \"%s\":\n"), p.symbol->print_name ());
|
|||
|
last_module_symbol = p.symbol;
|
|||
|
last_filename = "";
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
print_symbol_info (FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN, q.symbol, q.block,
|
|||
|
last_filename);
|
|||
|
last_filename
|
|||
|
= symtab_to_filename_for_display (q.symbol->symtab ());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Hold the option values for the 'info module .....' sub-commands. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct info_modules_var_func_options
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
bool quiet = false;
|
|||
|
std::string type_regexp;
|
|||
|
std::string module_regexp;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The options used by 'info module variables' and 'info module functions'
|
|||
|
commands. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const gdb::option::option_def info_modules_var_func_options_defs [] = {
|
|||
|
gdb::option::boolean_option_def<info_modules_var_func_options> {
|
|||
|
"q",
|
|||
|
[] (info_modules_var_func_options *opt) { return &opt->quiet; },
|
|||
|
nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */
|
|||
|
nullptr /* set_doc */
|
|||
|
},
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb::option::string_option_def<info_modules_var_func_options> {
|
|||
|
"t",
|
|||
|
[] (info_modules_var_func_options *opt) { return &opt->type_regexp; },
|
|||
|
nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */
|
|||
|
nullptr /* set_doc */
|
|||
|
},
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb::option::string_option_def<info_modules_var_func_options> {
|
|||
|
"m",
|
|||
|
[] (info_modules_var_func_options *opt) { return &opt->module_regexp; },
|
|||
|
nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */
|
|||
|
nullptr /* set_doc */
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return the option group used by the 'info module ...' sub-commands. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static inline gdb::option::option_def_group
|
|||
|
make_info_modules_var_func_options_def_group
|
|||
|
(info_modules_var_func_options *opts)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return {{info_modules_var_func_options_defs}, opts};
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Implements the 'info module functions' command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
info_module_functions_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
info_modules_var_func_options opts;
|
|||
|
auto grp = make_info_modules_var_func_options_def_group (&opts);
|
|||
|
gdb::option::process_options
|
|||
|
(&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp);
|
|||
|
if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0')
|
|||
|
args = nullptr;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
info_module_subcommand
|
|||
|
(opts.quiet,
|
|||
|
opts.module_regexp.empty () ? nullptr : opts.module_regexp.c_str (), args,
|
|||
|
opts.type_regexp.empty () ? nullptr : opts.type_regexp.c_str (),
|
|||
|
FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Implements the 'info module variables' command. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
info_module_variables_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
info_modules_var_func_options opts;
|
|||
|
auto grp = make_info_modules_var_func_options_def_group (&opts);
|
|||
|
gdb::option::process_options
|
|||
|
(&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp);
|
|||
|
if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0')
|
|||
|
args = nullptr;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
info_module_subcommand
|
|||
|
(opts.quiet,
|
|||
|
opts.module_regexp.empty () ? nullptr : opts.module_regexp.c_str (), args,
|
|||
|
opts.type_regexp.empty () ? nullptr : opts.type_regexp.c_str (),
|
|||
|
VARIABLES_DOMAIN);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Command completer for 'info module ...' sub-commands. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
info_module_var_func_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element *ignore,
|
|||
|
completion_tracker &tracker,
|
|||
|
const char *text,
|
|||
|
const char * /* word */)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const auto group = make_info_modules_var_func_options_def_group (nullptr);
|
|||
|
if (gdb::option::complete_options
|
|||
|
(tracker, &text, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, group))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *word = advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker, text);
|
|||
|
symbol_completer (ignore, tracker, text, word);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void _initialize_symtab ();
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
_initialize_symtab ()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmd_list_element *c;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
initialize_ordinary_address_classes ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = add_info ("variables", info_variables_command,
|
|||
|
info_print_args_help (_("\
|
|||
|
All global and static variable names or those matching REGEXPs.\n\
|
|||
|
Usage: info variables [-q] [-n] [-t TYPEREGEXP] [NAMEREGEXP]\n\
|
|||
|
Prints the global and static variables.\n"),
|
|||
|
_("global and static variables"),
|
|||
|
true));
|
|||
|
set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_vars_funcs_command_completer);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = add_info ("functions", info_functions_command,
|
|||
|
info_print_args_help (_("\
|
|||
|
All function names or those matching REGEXPs.\n\
|
|||
|
Usage: info functions [-q] [-n] [-t TYPEREGEXP] [NAMEREGEXP]\n\
|
|||
|
Prints the functions.\n"),
|
|||
|
_("functions"),
|
|||
|
true));
|
|||
|
set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_vars_funcs_command_completer);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = add_info ("types", info_types_command, _("\
|
|||
|
All type names, or those matching REGEXP.\n\
|
|||
|
Usage: info types [-q] [REGEXP]\n\
|
|||
|
Print information about all types matching REGEXP, or all types if no\n\
|
|||
|
REGEXP is given. The optional flag -q disables printing of headers."));
|
|||
|
set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_types_command_completer);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const auto info_sources_opts
|
|||
|
= make_info_sources_options_def_group (nullptr);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static std::string info_sources_help
|
|||
|
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
|
|||
|
All source files in the program or those matching REGEXP.\n\
|
|||
|
Usage: info sources [OPTION]... [REGEXP]\n\
|
|||
|
By default, REGEXP is used to match anywhere in the filename.\n\
|
|||
|
\n\
|
|||
|
Options:\n\
|
|||
|
%OPTIONS%"),
|
|||
|
info_sources_opts);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = add_info ("sources", info_sources_command, info_sources_help.c_str ());
|
|||
|
set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_sources_command_completer);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = add_info ("modules", info_modules_command,
|
|||
|
_("All module names, or those matching REGEXP."));
|
|||
|
set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_types_command_completer);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
add_basic_prefix_cmd ("module", class_info, _("\
|
|||
|
Print information about modules."),
|
|||
|
&info_module_cmdlist, 0, &infolist);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = add_cmd ("functions", class_info, info_module_functions_command, _("\
|
|||
|
Display functions arranged by modules.\n\
|
|||
|
Usage: info module functions [-q] [-m MODREGEXP] [-t TYPEREGEXP] [REGEXP]\n\
|
|||
|
Print a summary of all functions within each Fortran module, grouped by\n\
|
|||
|
module and file. For each function the line on which the function is\n\
|
|||
|
defined is given along with the type signature and name of the function.\n\
|
|||
|
\n\
|
|||
|
If REGEXP is provided then only functions whose name matches REGEXP are\n\
|
|||
|
listed. If MODREGEXP is provided then only functions in modules matching\n\
|
|||
|
MODREGEXP are listed. If TYPEREGEXP is given then only functions whose\n\
|
|||
|
type signature matches TYPEREGEXP are listed.\n\
|
|||
|
\n\
|
|||
|
The -q flag suppresses printing some header information."),
|
|||
|
&info_module_cmdlist);
|
|||
|
set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars
|
|||
|
(c, info_module_var_func_command_completer);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = add_cmd ("variables", class_info, info_module_variables_command, _("\
|
|||
|
Display variables arranged by modules.\n\
|
|||
|
Usage: info module variables [-q] [-m MODREGEXP] [-t TYPEREGEXP] [REGEXP]\n\
|
|||
|
Print a summary of all variables within each Fortran module, grouped by\n\
|
|||
|
module and file. For each variable the line on which the variable is\n\
|
|||
|
defined is given along with the type and name of the variable.\n\
|
|||
|
\n\
|
|||
|
If REGEXP is provided then only variables whose name matches REGEXP are\n\
|
|||
|
listed. If MODREGEXP is provided then only variables in modules matching\n\
|
|||
|
MODREGEXP are listed. If TYPEREGEXP is given then only variables whose\n\
|
|||
|
type matches TYPEREGEXP are listed.\n\
|
|||
|
\n\
|
|||
|
The -q flag suppresses printing some header information."),
|
|||
|
&info_module_cmdlist);
|
|||
|
set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars
|
|||
|
(c, info_module_var_func_command_completer);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
add_com ("rbreak", class_breakpoint, rbreak_command,
|
|||
|
_("Set a breakpoint for all functions matching REGEXP."));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
add_setshow_enum_cmd ("multiple-symbols", no_class,
|
|||
|
multiple_symbols_modes, &multiple_symbols_mode,
|
|||
|
_("\
|
|||
|
Set how the debugger handles ambiguities in expressions."), _("\
|
|||
|
Show how the debugger handles ambiguities in expressions."), _("\
|
|||
|
Valid values are \"ask\", \"all\", \"cancel\", and the default is \"all\"."),
|
|||
|
NULL, NULL, &setlist, &showlist);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("basenames-may-differ", class_obscure,
|
|||
|
&basenames_may_differ, _("\
|
|||
|
Set whether a source file may have multiple base names."), _("\
|
|||
|
Show whether a source file may have multiple base names."), _("\
|
|||
|
(A \"base name\" is the name of a file with the directory part removed.\n\
|
|||
|
Example: The base name of \"/home/user/hello.c\" is \"hello.c\".)\n\
|
|||
|
If set, GDB will canonicalize file names (e.g., expand symlinks)\n\
|
|||
|
before comparing them. Canonicalization is an expensive operation,\n\
|
|||
|
but it allows the same file be known by more than one base name.\n\
|
|||
|
If not set (the default), all source files are assumed to have just\n\
|
|||
|
one base name, and gdb will do file name comparisons more efficiently."),
|
|||
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
&setlist, &showlist);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
add_setshow_zuinteger_cmd ("symtab-create", no_class, &symtab_create_debug,
|
|||
|
_("Set debugging of symbol table creation."),
|
|||
|
_("Show debugging of symbol table creation."), _("\
|
|||
|
When enabled (non-zero), debugging messages are printed when building\n\
|
|||
|
symbol tables. A value of 1 (one) normally provides enough information.\n\
|
|||
|
A value greater than 1 provides more verbose information."),
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
&setdebuglist, &showdebuglist);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
add_setshow_zuinteger_cmd ("symbol-lookup", no_class, &symbol_lookup_debug,
|
|||
|
_("\
|
|||
|
Set debugging of symbol lookup."), _("\
|
|||
|
Show debugging of symbol lookup."), _("\
|
|||
|
When enabled (non-zero), symbol lookups are logged."),
|
|||
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
&setdebuglist, &showdebuglist);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
add_setshow_zuinteger_cmd ("symbol-cache-size", no_class,
|
|||
|
&new_symbol_cache_size,
|
|||
|
_("Set the size of the symbol cache."),
|
|||
|
_("Show the size of the symbol cache."), _("\
|
|||
|
The size of the symbol cache.\n\
|
|||
|
If zero then the symbol cache is disabled."),
|
|||
|
set_symbol_cache_size_handler, NULL,
|
|||
|
&maintenance_set_cmdlist,
|
|||
|
&maintenance_show_cmdlist);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("ignore-prologue-end-flag", no_class,
|
|||
|
&ignore_prologue_end_flag,
|
|||
|
_("Set if the PROLOGUE-END flag is ignored."),
|
|||
|
_("Show if the PROLOGUE-END flag is ignored."),
|
|||
|
_("\
|
|||
|
The PROLOGUE-END flag from the line-table entries is used to place \
|
|||
|
breakpoints past the prologue of functions. Disabeling its use use forces \
|
|||
|
the use of prologue scanners."),
|
|||
|
nullptr, nullptr,
|
|||
|
&maintenance_set_cmdlist,
|
|||
|
&maintenance_show_cmdlist);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
add_cmd ("symbol-cache", class_maintenance, maintenance_print_symbol_cache,
|
|||
|
_("Dump the symbol cache for each program space."),
|
|||
|
&maintenanceprintlist);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
add_cmd ("symbol-cache-statistics", class_maintenance,
|
|||
|
maintenance_print_symbol_cache_statistics,
|
|||
|
_("Print symbol cache statistics for each program space."),
|
|||
|
&maintenanceprintlist);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cmd_list_element *maintenance_flush_symbol_cache_cmd
|
|||
|
= add_cmd ("symbol-cache", class_maintenance,
|
|||
|
maintenance_flush_symbol_cache,
|
|||
|
_("Flush the symbol cache for each program space."),
|
|||
|
&maintenanceflushlist);
|
|||
|
c = add_alias_cmd ("flush-symbol-cache", maintenance_flush_symbol_cache_cmd,
|
|||
|
class_maintenance, 0, &maintenancelist);
|
|||
|
deprecate_cmd (c, "maintenancelist flush symbol-cache");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdb::observers::executable_changed.attach (symtab_observer_executable_changed,
|
|||
|
"symtab");
|
|||
|
gdb::observers::new_objfile.attach (symtab_new_objfile_observer, "symtab");
|
|||
|
gdb::observers::free_objfile.attach (symtab_free_objfile_observer, "symtab");
|
|||
|
}
|